JP2017018358A - Pachinko game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a Pachinko game machine achieving further novel amusement by adopting a concept for creating a game progress state advantageous to a player.SOLUTION: A game machine is configured to be capable of executing an attack round and a normal round by one attacker, and to execute monitoring of the number of entry balls and the number of discharged balls collectively in a plurality of rounds other than the attack round.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 92

Description

  It relates to pachinko machines.

  As a recent pachinko game machine, a big hit lottery with a predetermined probability is made when a game ball enters the starting port on the game board surface (game area), and if the big hit lottery is won, The mainstream is pachinko gaming machines that transition to the state and can open a large winning opening provided on the game board surface to obtain a large number of prize balls. Among the pachinko gaming machines configured in this manner, there is a probability-changing gaming state that increases the winning probability in the jackpot lottery and a time-reducing gaming state that increases the efficiency of symbol variation for notifying the lottery result in the jackpot lottery There is also a gaming machine that enhances the interest of the game by creating a game progress state that is advantageous to the player by these game states.

JP 2000-225255 A JP 2000-225258 A

  However, since there are many such gaming machines, there is a problem that it is desired to develop a model that can realize further innovative gaming properties.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect is
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) can enter,
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) and capable of being displaced between the first position and the second position, and when displaced to the first position, the member is moved to the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224). When the game ball is unable to enter or difficult to enter compared to the second position and is displaced to the second position, the game ball can enter the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) or is compared with the first position. And a variable member (for example, a shielding member 2224a) configured to facilitate entry,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display unit 2131, the second main game symbol display unit 2231). After the variable display, the identification information display control means (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information,
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. With
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
At the time of execution of a unit game that is a predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the special game, the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) positioned at the first position in accordance with a predetermined displacement mode predetermined with time. Is displaced to the second position,
At the time of execution of the special game, the displacement mode of the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) in the first unit game which is a unit game other than the predetermined execution time, and the unit game other than the predetermined execution time are the first The pachinko gaming machine is characterized in that the unit game is configured so that the displacement mode of the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) in the second unit game having different execution times can be different.

  According to the pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect, it is possible to realize further novel gaming characteristics in the gaming machine adopting the concept of creating a game progress state advantageous to the player.

FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram of a game board in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 3 is a front view and a perspective view according to the structure of the special winning opening in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 4 is an operation diagram related to opening and closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member during the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 5 is an operation diagram related to opening / closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member during the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 6 is an operation diagram related to opening / closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member during the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 7 is an operation diagram related to the opening / closing of the special winning opening and the shielding member during the special game in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 8 is a rear view of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 9 is an overall electrical configuration diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 11 is a main flowchart on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 12 is a flowchart of auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 13 is a flowchart of the electric accessory driving determination process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 14 is a flowchart of main game content determination random number acquisition processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 15 is a flowchart of the main game symbol display process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the first (second) main game symbol display process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 17 is a table configuration diagram used in the first (second) main game symbol display process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 18 is a flowchart of specific game end determination processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 19 is a flowchart of special game operation condition determination processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 20 is a flowchart of special game control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 21 is a flowchart of the special game start control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 22 is a flowchart of the distribution prize winning control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 23 is an opening / closing mode determination table on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 24 is a flowchart of the distribution big prize opening / closing control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 25 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 26 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 27 is a flowchart of the discharged ball abnormality detection process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 28 is a flowchart of the shielding member drive control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 29 is a flowchart of the distribution round control end process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 30 is a flowchart of a normal special prize opening control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 31 is a flowchart of the normal prize opening opening / closing control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 32 is a flowchart of normal preparation time control processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 33 is a flowchart of the normal winning control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 34 is a flowchart of normal round control end processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 35 is a flowchart of the special game end control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 36 is a flowchart of the gaming state determination process after the special game is completed on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 37 is a main flowchart on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 38 is a flowchart of the hold information management process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 39 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display content determination process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 40 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display control process on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 41 is a flowchart of the special game display control processing on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 42 is a flowchart of special game-in-game effect execution processing on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 43 is a flowchart of special game end effect execution processing on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. FIG. 44 is an operational diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the distribution control prize winning opening is long open A and the discharge ball abnormality is not detected when the special game is executed on the main controller side. FIG. 45 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the special control is executed on the main controller side when the distribution large winning opening is long open A and the discharge ball abnormality is detected. FIG. 46 is an operational diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the distribution control prize winning opening is long open B and the discharge ball abnormality is not detected when the special game is executed on the main controller side. FIG. 47 is an operational diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the special winning game is executed on the main controller side when the allocation large winning opening is long open B and the discharge ball abnormality is detected. FIG. 48 is an operational diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the special winning game is executed on the main control device side when the allocation large winning opening is short open and the discharge ball abnormality is not detected. FIG. 49 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment when the special winning game is executed on the main control device side when the allocation large winning opening is short open and the discharge ball abnormality is detected. FIG. 50 is a flowchart of special game control processing and discharged ball abnormality recovery processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the present embodiment. FIG. 51 is a flowchart of the large allocation prize opening / closing control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the present embodiment. FIG. 52 is a flowchart of the split large prize opening opening / closing execution process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the present embodiment. FIG. 53 is a flowchart of distribution preparation time control processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the present embodiment. FIG. 54 is a flowchart of specific area winning / waiting processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the present embodiment. FIG. 55 is a flowchart of the distribution prize control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the present embodiment. FIG. 56 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment when the special control is performed on the main controller side when the allocation large winning opening is long open A and the discharge ball abnormality is detected. is there. FIG. 57 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modification from the present embodiment when the special winning game is executed on the main controller side when the distribution prize winning opening is short open and when the discharge ball abnormality is detected. . FIG. 58 is a plan view and a cross-sectional view of a vibration sensor in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 59 is a plan view and a side view of the pickup in the vibration sensor in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 60 is an overall electrical configuration diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 61 is a main flowchart on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 62 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 63 is a flow chart of the distribution prize winning control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 64 is a flowchart of distribution preparation time control processing on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 65 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 66 is a flowchart of the discharged ball abnormality detection process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 67 is an operation diagram of the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment when no abnormal discharge ball is detected during execution of a special game on the main controller side. FIG. 68 is an operational diagram when a discharge ball abnormality is detected during execution of a special game on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 69 is a flowchart of a large prize winning opening control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 70 is a flowchart of winning / ejecting ball management processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 71 is a flowchart of the discharged ball abnormality detection process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 72 is a flowchart of distribution preparation time control processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 73 is a flowchart of the allocation prize control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 74 is a flowchart of the shielding member drive control process on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 75 is a flowchart of distribution round control end processing on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 76 is a flowchart of a special game end control process on the main control device side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 77 is an operation diagram during execution of a special game on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 78 is an operational diagram when no abnormal discharge ball is detected during execution of a special game on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 79 is an operation diagram when a discharge ball abnormality is detected during execution of a special game on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 80 is an operation diagram when no abnormal discharge ball is detected in the special game end demonstration on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 81 is an operation diagram when the discharge ball abnormality is detected in the special game end demonstration on the main controller side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. FIG. 82 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 83 is a flowchart of special game control processing on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 84 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 85 is a flowchart of the gaming state determination process after the end of the special game on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 86 is a main flowchart on the sub-main control unit side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 87 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 88 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 89 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 90 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the third embodiment. FIG. 91 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the third embodiment. FIG. 92 is a flowchart of the special game control process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 93 is a flowchart of the discharge status setting process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 94 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 95 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 96 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 97 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 98 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 99 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment. FIG. 100 is an operation diagram in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment. FIG. 101 is a flowchart of special game control processing on the main control board side in the pachinko gaming machine according to Modification 2 from the fourth embodiment.

Form to carry out

  First, the meaning of each term in this specification will be described. “Open state, open state” and “closed state, closed state” are, for example, in the configuration of a general big prize opening (so-called attacker), open state = easy-to-win state and closed state = non-winning state Easy state. Also, for example, a state protruding from the game board (player side) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as advance state) and a state of being retracted into the game board (side opposite to the player side) (hereinafter referred to as retreat state) In a configuration (so-called velo-type attacker) that can take the following conditions, the advance state = easy-to-win state and the evacuation state = non-easy-to-win state. “Pitching” includes not only winning a prize ball to be paid out, but also passing to a “through chucker” without winning a prize ball. “Random number (random number value)” is not particularly limited as long as it is a random number used in a lottery (lottery by an electronic computer) for determining some game content in a pachinko game machine. For example, in addition to a random number in a narrow sense Also includes pseudo-random numbers (for example, hard random numbers as random numbers and soft random numbers as pseudo-random numbers). For example, the so-called “basic random numbers” that affect the outcome of the game, specifically, “winning random numbers (random numbers for success / failure lottery)” related to the transition of special games, and the variation mode (or variation time) of the identification symbol "Variation mode determination random number" for determining, "symbol determination random number" for determining a stop symbol, "hit symbol determination random number" for determining whether or not to shift to a specific game (for example, probability variation game) after a special game, etc. be able to. It is not necessary to use all these random numbers when determining the contents of the variation mode, the contents of the definite identification information, etc., and it is sufficient to use at least one random number that is the same or different from each other. Also, in this specification, the number of random numbers may be displayed in the form of the number of random numbers or a plurality of random numbers, but one entry (for example, starting entrance) that triggers the acquisition of random numbers. The random number obtained by entering the ball is referred to as one (ie, in the above example, the random number bundle of winning random number + variation mode determining random number + design determining random number... Is referred to as one random number) . Further, for example, a kind of random number (for example, a winning random number) may also serve as another kind of random number (for example, a symbol determination random number). In addition, after a certain period of time has elapsed since the time when the variable prize opening was closed when the unit game end condition was satisfied, the entry detection by the specific area entry detection means in the certain unit game is detected. “Substantially invalid” basically means that the entrance detection should be made on the structure of the structure such as the variable prize opening, the specific area, etc. and on the control processing related to the unit game, and on these designs. The purpose is to invalidate all the incoming detection under circumstances where there is no such thing. For example, even under such circumstances, the incoming detection is effective only for a moment (for example, only for a short period of several to several tens of ms). In a situation where the situation can continue indefinitely (for example, 10 hours or until the gaming machine is turned off), during the infinite period (for example, when 10 hours have elapsed or immediately before the gaming machine is turned off) ) In other words, it is intended to be included in the meaning of “invalidate” such an aspect as long as it does not significantly deviate from the purpose. "

  The following embodiment is a model in which two conventional type 1 pachinko gaming machines are mixed (type 1 type 1 complex machine). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and is applicable to other game machines (for example, conventional 1st type, 2nd type, 3rd type, general pachinko game machines such as general electric roles). . Note that this embodiment is merely an example, and the order of each step regarding various processes, such as the location and function of each means, the timing of flag on / off, the name of the means responsible for each step, and the specific However, the present invention is not limited to the following modes. In addition, the above-described embodiments and modified examples should not be understood as being limited to being applied to specific items, and may be in any combination. For example, it should be understood that a modification example of an embodiment is a modification example of another embodiment, and even if one modification example and another modification example are described independently, there is the modification example. It should be understood that a combination of the modified example and another modified example is also described. In the present embodiment, there are a lottery table and a reference table for various tables, but these are not limited, and the lottery table may be a reference table or vice versa {for example, in the present embodiment, As will be described later, a table that is referred to when determining the variation mode of the first main game symbol and a table that is referred to when determining the variation mode of the second main game symbol are different from each other. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and all variation modes that can be selected as the variation mode of the first main game symbol and the variation mode of the second main game symbol are provided as one variation pattern table. If the reference range is different between the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol, it is provided as a separate reference table. It may be configured}.

(This embodiment)
Prior to the description of the characteristic part of the present embodiment, first, the basic structure of the front side of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Pachinko gaming machines mainly consist of a gaming machine frame and a gaming board. Hereinafter, these will be described in order.

  First, the gaming machine frame of the pachinko gaming machine includes an outer frame 102, a front frame 104, a transparent plate 106, a door 108, an upper ball dish 110, a lower ball dish 112, and a launch handle 116. First, the outer frame 102 is a frame for fixing the pachinko gaming machine to a position where it should be installed. The front frame 104 is a frame body aligned with the opening portion of the outer frame 102, and is attached to the outer frame 102 through a hinge mechanism (not shown) so as to be opened and closed. The front frame 104 includes a mechanism for launching a game ball, a mechanism for detachably storing a game board, a mechanism for guiding or collecting the game ball, and the like. The transparent plate 106 is made of glass or the like and is supported by the door 108. The door 108 is attached to the front frame 104 through an unillustrated hinge mechanism so as to be opened and closed. The upper ball tray 110 has mechanisms for storing game balls, sending the game balls to the launch rail, and extracting the game balls to the lower ball tray 112. The lower ball tray 112 has a mechanism for storing and extracting game balls. In addition, speakers 114 are provided at the upper right and upper left of the front frame 104, and sound effects corresponding to the gaming state and the like are output.

  Next, the game board 100 has a game area 120 defined by an outer rail 122 and an inner rail 124. In addition, the game area 120 includes a plurality of game nails and windmills (not shown), various general winning holes, a game ball guide rail 130, a first main game start port 2210, a second main game start port 2110, An auxiliary game start port 2410, a distribution prize winning port 2220, a normal prize winning port 2120, a center decoration 192 and an out port 142 are provided. Further, although not shown in detail, a first main game symbol display device 2130, a second main game symbol display device 2230, an auxiliary game symbol display device 2420, and the like are also provided on the front side of the game board. Hereinafter, the configuration according to the present embodiment will be described.

  First, the first main game start port 2210 is installed as a start winning port corresponding to the first main game. As a specific configuration, the first main game start port 2210 includes a first main game start port entrance detection device (first entrance detection device) 2211 (not shown). Here, the first main game start port entrance detection device 2211 is a sensor that detects the entrance of a game ball into the first main game start port 2210, and the first main game start that indicates the entrance at the time of entrance. The entrance ball information is generated.

  Next, the second main game start port 2110 is installed as a start winning port corresponding to the second main game. Specifically, the second main game start port 2110 includes a second main game start port entrance detection device (second entrance detection device) 2111 (not shown) and a second main game start port electric accessory ( Electric accessory) 2112. Here, the second main game start entrance entrance detection device 2111 is a sensor for detecting the entrance of a game ball into the second main game start entrance 2110, and the second main game start indicating the entrance at the time of entrance. The entrance ball information is generated. Next, the electric accessory 2112 changes between a closed state in which a game ball is difficult to win in the second main game start port 2110 and an open state in which the game ball is more likely to win than in the normal state.

  In the present embodiment, the electric combination is provided on the second main game start port 2110 side, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the electric combination is provided on the first main game start port 2210 side. May be. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the first main game start port 2210 and the second main game start port 2110 are spaced apart, and a game ball flowing down the left side of the game region 120 (based on the center of the game region) A game ball that is easy to be guided to the first main game start port 2210 but difficult to be guided to the second main game start port 2110 and that flows down to the right side of the game region 120 (based on the center of the game region) Although it is difficult to be guided to the main game start port 2210, it is configured to be easily guided to the second main game start port 2110. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the first main game start port 2210 and the second main game start port 2110 may be arranged adjacent to each other. It should be noted that “easy to be guided” and “not easily guided” are determined, for example, by the magnitude of the number of entered balls when 10,000 balls are launched to the right and left, respectively.

  Next, the auxiliary game start port 2410 includes an auxiliary game start port entrance detection device (entrance detection device) 2411 (not shown). Here, the auxiliary game start port entrance detection device 2411 (not shown) is a sensor that detects the entrance of a game ball into the auxiliary game start port 2410, and indicates an auxiliary game start entrance into the auxiliary game start port 2410. Generate sphere information. Note that the entry of the game ball into the auxiliary game start port 2410 triggers a lottery for expanding the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game start port 2110.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the game ball flowing down on the right side of the game area 120 (reference to the center of the game area) is easily guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410, while the left side of the game area 120 (reference to the center of the game area). ) Is configured to be difficult to be guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410 (but is not limited to this, the game ball flowing down the left side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area) May be configured to be easily guided to the auxiliary game start port 2410}.

  Next, in the present embodiment, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening are located at the lower right side of the game area 120 (based on the middle of the game area) and at the upper right position of the second main game start opening 2110. 2120. In this embodiment, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 are provided close to each other in the vertical direction (as viewed from the player), and the distribution big prize opening 2220 is the normal big prize opening 2120. Located above (viewed by the player). Hereinafter, the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 will be described in detail.

  First, referring to FIG. 2, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, a game ball launched during a special game enters the big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening 2220 or the normal big prize opening 2120). Will be explained.

  FIG. 6A shows a state where a game ball enters the distribution big prize opening 2220, and FIG. 10B shows a state where a game ball enters the normal big prize opening 2120. As shown in (a) and (b) of the figure, when a player launches a game ball toward the right side (viewed by the player) of the game board 100 during the execution of the special game, the game is launched. The game ball enters the game ball guide rail 130 that is wider than one game ball and narrower than two game balls through the entrance of the game ball guide rail 130. After that, the game balls released from the exit of the game ball guide rail 130 flow down toward the big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening 2220 or the normal big prize opening 2120). As a result, as shown in (a) of the figure, when the large allocation winning opening 2220 is open, the player enters the allocation large winning opening 2220, and as shown in (b) of FIG. In addition, when the normal big winning opening 2120 is open, the normal big winning opening 2120 is entered.

  Here, when the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment is continuously fired (when the firing handle is continuously twisted), it is also referred to as a predetermined firing interval (“launch speed”. In this example, 100 per minute. The game ball is fired at the departure. Under such a configuration, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, following the opening of the distribution prize winning opening 2220, the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120 (or following the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120). When the distribution grand prize winning port 2220 is opened), the closing time of both the big prize winning ports (the time until one of the big prize winning ports is closed and the other big winning prize opening is opened) It is set shorter than the firing interval. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a useless ball that does not win any of the big winning ports due to the closing time of both big winning ports.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 3, the structure of the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 will be described in detail. First, in the distribution large winning opening 2220, there are roughly provided a distribution winning detection device 2221, a specific region 2224, a shielding member 2224a, a specific region entrance detection device 2224-1, and a discharge ball detection device 2224-2. In general, the normal prize winning opening 2120 is generally provided with a normal winning detection device 2121. Hereinafter, the structure of these special winning openings will be described.

  First, as shown in FIG. 3, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is in an open state when the first main game symbol (special symbol) or the second main game symbol (special symbol) stops at the big hit symbol. This is a winning opening corresponding to the main game, which is formed in a horizontal rectangular shape and is located above the normal winning opening 2120 (as viewed from the player). As a specific configuration, the allocation prize winning port 2220 includes an allocation prize detection device 2221 for detecting the entrance of a game ball, an allocated electric accessory 2222, a specific area 2224, and a specific area 2224. A shielding member 2224a that shields the entrance of the game ball, a specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 for detecting the entrance of the game ball into the specific area, and an exit ball detection apparatus 2224 for detecting the exit ball. -2. Here, the distribution winning detection device 2221 is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the distribution large winning opening 2220, and generates distribution large winning opening entry information indicating the entering at the time of entering the ball. . The distribution motor combination 2222 changes the distribution large prize winning port 2220 to a normal state in which a game ball cannot be won or difficult to win and an open state in which the game ball is easy to win. The specific area 2224 becomes a determinant of the gaming state after the end of the special game depending on whether or not the game ball has entered. When the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), the game area has entered the specific area 2224. When it becomes possible (or easy) and the shielding member 2224a is in a closed state (advanced state), it is configured such that it is impossible (or difficult) for a game ball to enter the specific area 2224. The specific area entry detection device 2224-1 is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the specific area 2224, and generates specific area entry information indicating the entry at the time of entry. In addition, the game ball that has entered the large allocation winning opening 2220 is configured to pass through either the specific area entry detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. The specific region entrance detection device 2224-1 also serves as a sensor for detecting the exit ball (also generates exit ball entrance information when entering the ball). The discharged ball detection device 2224-2 is a sensor that detects a game ball that has been discharged without entering the specific area 2224 after entering the large allocation winning opening 2220. Generate sphere information. In the present embodiment, the mode of the big winning opening is a mode in which a horizontal rectangular shape is formed and the game ball cannot be won or is difficult to win, and an open state where the game ball is easy to win (an inclined type attacker). However, it is not limited to this. In that case, for example, an aspect (so-called, a state where the bar-like member provided in the special winning opening is in a state of protruding to the player side and a retracted state of being retracted to the player side) (Bello-type attacker), which is suitable when it is desired to ensure that the number of balls entered into the big prize opening is a predetermined number (for example, 10).

  Next, the normal prize winning opening 2120 has a horizontal rectangular shape that is opened when the first main game symbol (special symbol) or the second main game symbol (special symbol) stops at the big hit symbol. The winning opening corresponding to the main game is located below the major winning opening 2220 (as viewed from the player). As a specific configuration, the normal prize winning opening 2120 includes a normal winning detection device 2121 for detecting the entry of a game ball and a normal electric accessory 2122. Here, the normal winning detection device 2121 is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the normal big winning opening 2120, and generates normal big winning opening entry information indicating the winning at the time of winning. The normal electric accessory 2122 changes the normal prize winning opening 2120 in a normal state in which the game ball cannot be won or difficult to win in the normal prize winning opening 2120 and an open state in which the game ball is easy to win. In the present embodiment, the mode of the big winning opening is a mode in which a horizontal rectangular shape is formed and the game ball cannot be won or is difficult to win, and an open state where the game ball is easy to win (an inclined type attacker). However, it is not limited to this. In that case, for example, an aspect (so-called, a state where the bar-like member provided in the special winning opening is in a state of protruding to the player side and a retracted state of being retracted to the player side) (Bello-type attacker), which is suitable when it is desired to ensure that the number of balls entered into the big prize opening is a predetermined number (for example, 10).

  It is to be noted that the game ball flow direction of the distribution winning detection device 2221, the distribution flow channel 132, the specific area entry detection device 2224-1, the discharge ball detection device 2224-2, the normal winning detection device 2121 and the normal flow channel 134 It is desirable that the cross-sectional area of the cross section perpendicular to can pass one game ball smoothly but cannot (or difficult) pass two game balls. With this configuration, it is possible to reduce a situation in which a plurality of game balls are clogged in the flow paths (the distribution flow path 132 and the normal flow path 134) and cannot flow down.

  In addition, since the two big winning entrances are close to each other, even in a situation where either the distribution big winning opening 2220 or the normal big winning opening 2120 is in a state where it is easy to enter the ball, Since it is sufficient to aim, a game can be performed without changing the launch strength of the game ball. In this case, since the player can easily see which big winning opening is easy to enter, it is possible to execute a game with less discomfort and burden on the player.

  In addition, as described later, when the allocation big prize opening 2220 whose availability is greatly related to the profit of the player is set above the normal big prize opening 2120, a game ball is caught in the normal big prize opening 2120, etc. Even if it is not closed due to an accident (usually when the flow of the game ball below the big prize opening 2120 is blocked), the game ball can be entered if the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened. In this example, since the specific area 2224 and the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 (discharged ball detection apparatus 2224-2) are provided below the allocation winning detection apparatus 2221, the allocation large prize opening 2220 is provided. Therefore, it is possible to save space by providing the above on the normal winning opening 2120.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 3, the flow-down mode of game balls that have entered the special winning awards according to the present embodiment (the distribution big winning award 2220 and the normal special winning award 2120) will be described in detail.

  First, the game ball that has entered the distribution big prize opening 2220 passes through the distribution prize detection device 2221, flows down the distribution channel 132, and the specific area entrance detection device 2224-provided in the specific area 2224-. 1 and the discharged ball detection device 2224-2. When the shielding member 2224a is in the closed state (advanced state), the game balls that have flowed down cannot pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1, but all pass through the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. It will be. On the other hand, when the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), the game ball that has flowed down passes through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 depending on the shape of the distribution channel 132. When the shielding member 2224a is in the open state (retracted state), it is desirable that all the game balls that have flowed down pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 (in order not to impair the player's profit). . Therefore, it is preferable to configure the shape of the distribution channel 132 (particularly, the shape of the right side surface of the distribution channel) so that the game balls that have flowed down can easily pass through the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1. As will be described later, in the present embodiment, the sum of the number of game balls that have passed the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 and the game that has passed the distribution prize detection device 2221. Whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball is determined by whether or not the number of balls is equal.

  On the other hand, the game ball that has entered the normal prize winning opening 2120 passes through the normal winning detection device 2121 and flows down through the normal flow path 134 and is discharged. It should be noted that a device for detecting the discharged ball is not provided in the normal prize winning opening 2120.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 4 to 7, the operation pattern of each member (distribution large prize opening 2220, normal special prize opening 2120 and shielding member 2224 a) during a special game will be described. Here, these figures exemplify a case where a discharge ball abnormality is not detected and a case where a discharge ball abnormality is detected in the seventh round at the time of the special game according to the 3A design in the present embodiment. In addition, the opening aspect of the distribution big prize opening 2220 in the seventh round at the time of the special game related to the 3A symbol is the long opening A, and the opening aspect of the normal big winning opening 2120 in the eighth round is the long opening B (open). Details of the embodiment will be described later).

  First, FIG. 4A shows a state in which the seventh round of the special game related to the 3A design is started, and the sorting prize winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are simultaneously opened (52 ms open). At this timing, the game ball has not yet entered the distribution large winning opening 2220.

  Next, FIG. 4B shows a state in which a predetermined time A (in this example, 52 ms) has elapsed from the timing of (a), and the large allocation winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are simultaneously closed. The predetermined time A (52 ms in this example) is a very short time as the opening time of the large allocation winning opening 2220, so the game ball still enters the large distribution winning opening 2220 at this timing. Not.

  Next, in FIG. 5C, after a predetermined time B (2600 ms in this example) has elapsed from the timing of FIG. This indicates a state in which the player has entered the minute prize winning port 2220 (when the opening of the big prize winning opening is not completed due to a predetermined number of balls entering the prize winning opening, the opening time of the distribution prize winning port 2220 is 28800 ms, which is blocked. The opening time of the member 2224a is 31400 ms). A game ball that has passed through the distribution winning detection device 2221 and has reached the shielding member 2224a enters the specific region 2224 and is detected by the specific region entrance detection device 2224-1.

  Next, FIG. 5D shows a state in which the opening period of the allocation big prize opening 2220 is ended and the distribution big prize opening 2220 is closed. Note that the game ball remains inside the sorting prize winning port 2220. Further, the shielding member 2224a remains open.

  Next, FIG. 6 (e) shows that a predetermined time B (200 ms in this example) has elapsed since the end of the opening period of the distribution winning prize opening 2220, the eighth round is started, and the normal winning opening 2120 is opened. Represents the state. Note that the game ball remains inside the sorting prize winning port 2220. Further, the shielding member 2224a remains open.

  Next, FIG. 6F shows a state in which the shielding member 2224a has been driven by closing the shielding member 2224a and detecting no discharge ball abnormality at the timing after (e). Normally, the special prize opening 2120 remains open.

  Next, in FIG. 7G, at the timing after (e), when the shielding member 2224a is closed, the game ball remaining inside the allocation large winning opening 2220 is sandwiched between the shielding member 2224a. The state which has stopped in the distribution channel 132 is represented. As a result, the discharge ball abnormality is detected. Normally, the special prize opening 2120 remains open.

  Next, in FIG. 7 (h), since the discharge ball abnormality is detected at the timing after (g), the driving of the shielding member 2224a is continued, and the shielding member 2224a is opened again (short opening of 52 ms). Represents a state. When the shielding member 2224a is opened, the game ball sandwiched between the shielding members 2224a and stopped in the distribution channel 132 is discharged, and the discharged ball abnormality is eliminated. Normally, the special prize opening 2120 remains open.

  The above is a description of the special winning opening, but the remaining configuration will be described with reference to FIG. 1 again. First, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230) is related to the first main game symbol (second main game symbol) corresponding to the first main game (second main game). It is a device that performs display and the like. Specifically, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230) includes a first main game symbol display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231) and a first main game. And a symbol hold display unit 2132 (second main game symbol hold display unit 2232). Here, the first main game symbol hold display unit 2132 (second main game symbol hold display unit 2232) is composed of four lamps, and the number of lighting of the lamps is the first main game (second main game). This corresponds to the number of random numbers held (the number of main game symbols that have not been executed). In addition, the 1st main game symbol display part 2131 (2nd main game symbol display part 2231) is comprised by 7 segment LED, for example, and the 1st main game symbol (2nd main game symbol) is "0"-"9". ”Is displayed with 10 types of numbers and“ − ”of lose. {However, it is not limited to this. A 7-segment LED is set so that it is difficult for the player to recognize which main game symbol is displayed. It is preferable to use and display with symbols or the like. In addition, the hold number display is not limited to being composed of four lamps, but can be configured to display a maximum of four hold numbers (for example, composed of one lamp, (Equation 1: lighting, hold number 2: slow blink, hold number 3: medium blink, hold number 4: fast blink)).

  Since the first main game symbol (second main game symbol) does not necessarily have an effect role, in this embodiment, the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). The size of is set to be inconspicuous. However, in the case of adopting a method in which the first decorative symbol (second decorative symbol) is not displayed by giving a directing role to the first main gaming symbol (second main gaming symbol) itself, the effect described later You may comprise so that a 1st main game symbol (2nd main game symbol) may be displayed on a liquid crystal display like the display apparatus 2140. FIG.

  Next, the effect display device 2140 is a device that displays an effect image including a decorative symbol that fluctuates and stops in conjunction with the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol. Here, as a specific configuration, the effect display device 2140 includes a decoration symbol display area 2311 where an effect is executed including a decorative symbol variation display, a first hold display unit 2312a, and a second hold display unit 2312b. And comprising. Here, the decorative symbol display area 2311 displays, for example, a plurality of rows of decorative symbol variation moving images simulating a slot machine game in the central area of the screen. The effect display device 2140 is configured by a liquid crystal display in the present embodiment, but may be configured by other display means such as a mechanical drum or LED. Next, the hold display unit 2312 is composed of four lamps, and the lamps are linked with the hold lamps of the main game symbol.

  Next, the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 is a device that executes display related to the auxiliary game symbols. Specifically, the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 includes an auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421 and an auxiliary game symbol hold display unit 2422. Here, the auxiliary game symbol hold display unit 2422 is composed of four lamps, and the number of lighting of the lamps corresponds to the number of auxiliary game symbol changes held (the number of auxiliary game symbol changes that have not been executed).

  Finally, the center decoration 192 is installed around the effect display device 2140, and has functions such as a flow path of the game ball, protection of the effect display device 2140, and decoration. In addition, the game effect lamp 190 is provided in the game area 120 or an area other than the game area 120, and plays a role of effect by blinking or the like. Further, the game effect lamp 190 (not shown) is provided in the game area 120 or an area other than the game area 120, and plays a role of effect by blinking or the like. The speaker 114 functions to output sound such as voice and music.

  Next, the basic structure on the back side of the pachinko gaming machine will be described with reference to FIG. The pachinko gaming machine controls the overall operation of the pachinko gaming machine, and in particular controls the overall game operation such as lottery when entering the first main game starting port 2210 (second main game starting port 2110) (ie, game Main control device (main board) 1000 that performs control directly related to the profits of the player, and effect control means (sub control) that performs display control related to various effects on the effect display device 2140 that adds interest to the game content Main control unit) 2320, an effect display device (sub-sub control unit) 2310 that mainly performs effect display, and supply from the prize ball tank 212 in accordance with the prize ball tank 212, the prize ball rail 214, and each prize opening. A prize ball payout mechanism (set base) 210 having a payout unit 216 for paying out the game balls to be played to the upper ball tray 110, and a prize ball payout control device for controlling a payout operation by the payout unit 216 Award ball delivery control board) 3000, a launching device 232 that launches game balls (reserved balls) of the upper ball tray 110 to the game area 120 one by one, a launch control board 230 that controls the launching operation of the launching device 232, A power supply unit 290 that supplies power to each part of the pachinko gaming machine, a power switch 292 that is a switch for turning on / off the power of the pachinko gaming machine, and the like are provided on the rear surface of the front frame 104 (opposite to the gaming side).

  Next, an electrical schematic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. First, the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, as described above, pays out a game ball based on the main controller 1000 that controls the progress of the game and information (signals, commands, etc.) from the main controller 1000. Based on information (signals, commands, etc.) from the prize ball payout control board 3000 to be controlled, various effects on the effect display device 2140 such as variation / stop of decoration symbols, sound from the speaker 114, A sub-control board 2000 that controls the execution of lighting of the game effect lamp 190 (not shown in FIG. 1), error notification, and the like, and a power supply unit 290 that supplies power to the entire gaming machine including these control boards, It is configured as a subject. The sub-control board 2000 includes a sub-main control unit 2320 for controlling various effects on the effect display device 2140 such as decoration pattern change / stop, sound from the speaker 114, lighting of the game effect lamp 190, and error notification. , Two control units of a sub-sub control unit 2310 that performs display processing such as a decorative symbol variation display / stop display and a hold display or a notice display on the effect display device 2140 are provided. Here, the main control device 1000, the prize ball payout control board 3000, the sub main control unit 2320, and the sub sub control unit 2310 include a CPU that performs various arithmetic processes, a ROM that preliminarily stores programs that define the arithmetic processes of the CPU, A RAM that temporarily stores data handled by the CPU (various data generated during the game, computer programs read from the ROM, etc.) is mounted. Hereinafter, a schematic configuration of each substrate and an electrical connection mode between each substrate / device will be outlined.

  First, the main controller 1000 includes a ball sensor S {the first main game start entrance entrance detection device 2211, the second main game start entrance entrance detection device 2111, the auxiliary game start entrance entrance detection device 2411, Winning detection device 2121, distribution winning detection device 2221, specific area entrance detection device 2224-1, discharge ball detection device 2224-2, general winning detection device (not shown, but the general entrance is a prize ball , Etc., etc.), drive solenoids (not shown) (usually, large prize opening electric combination solenoid 2122a, distribution large prize opening electric combination solenoid 2222a, etc.), information display LED ( It is electrically connected to an input / output device that is indispensable for the progress of the game, such as (not shown), and controls the progress of the game based on the input signal from each input device. Further, the main controller 1000 is also electrically connected to the prize ball payout control board 3000 and the sub control board 2000 (sub-main control part 2320 / sub-sub control part 2310), and the prize ball payout is based on the progress of the game. And the like (commands) relating to the award ball payout control board 3000 and information (commands) relating to performance / game progress etc. to the sub-control board 2000. The main control device 1000 can be connected to the hall computer H or the like via an external connection terminal (not shown), and is connected to the hall computer H via the external connection terminal so that the main control device 1000 can be connected. The game-related information can be output from an external device to an external device.

  In the present embodiment, as indicated by the arrows in FIG. 9, the main controller 1000 and the prize ball payout control board 3000 are configured to enable bidirectional communication, while the main controller 1000 and the sub main The control unit 2320 is configured to enable one-way communication from the main controller 1000 to the sub-main control unit 2320 (the communication method may be either serial communication or parallel communication). The communication between control boards (between control devices) may be one-way communication or two-way communication. The main controller 1000 and the hall computer H are configured so that one-way communication from the main controller 1000 to the hall computer is possible, and game-related information, discharge ball abnormality information, fraud detection commands, etc. are transmitted. The

  Next, the prize ball payout control board 3000 is a device that can be operated by the player and the prize ball payout mechanism 210 for paying out the game balls. The game ball lending request is received and transmitted to the prize ball payout control board 3000. Connected to the game ball lending device 200. Although not shown, in the present embodiment, the control circuit unit of the launching device is provided in the prize ball payout control board, and the prize ball payout control board and the launching device (launching handle, firing motor, ball feeding device). Etc.). In the present embodiment, the game ball lending device 200 is separated and adjacent to the game machine. However, the game ball lending device 200 may be integrated with the game machine. Control and management control of a recording medium for lending such as electronic money may be integrated.

  Next, as described above, the sub-control board 2000 is connected to the effect display device 2140 for displaying decorative symbols and the like, the speaker 114, the game effect lamp 190, and other effect drive devices (not shown). In the present embodiment, as described above, the sub-main control unit 2320 and the sub-sub control unit 2310 are provided in the sub-control board 2000, and the sub-main control unit 2320 controls the sound output from the speaker 114 and the gaming effect ( Lighting) Control of lighting of the lamp 190 and determination control of display contents to be displayed on the effect display device are performed, and display control (substantial display control) on the effect display device is performed by the sub-sub control unit 2310. It is configured. In this embodiment, the sub-main control unit 2320 and the sub-sub control unit 2310 are configured to be integrated on the sub-control board 2000. However, the present invention is not limited to this (configured as a separate board). However, it is possible to reduce the situation that space is merited and noise is mixed into the wiring or the like by being configured to be integrated). Also, the work sharing between the two control units can be changed as appropriate, for example, the sub-sub control unit 2310 executes voice control (suitable when a voice control circuit integrated with the VDP is adopted). Further, an electronic value may be given without giving a physical prize ball as a prize ball.

  Next, various functions of the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. First, the main control device 1000 includes gaming peripheral devices (first main gaming peripheral device A, second main gaming peripheral device B, first and second main gaming shared peripheral device C, auxiliary gaming peripheral device D), The sub-main control unit 2320 (production display control means 2320) related to the production is connected to a prize ball payout control board 3000 that performs payout control of a predetermined number of prize balls based on a payout instruction from the main control device 1000 so that information can be transmitted. ing. Further, the sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320) is electrically connected to the sub sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) for executing image effects, various game effect lamps 190 (for example, side lamps), the speaker 114, and the like. It is connected. Furthermore, the prize ball payout control board 3000 is electrically connected to a prize ball payout device including a stepping motor, a sprocket, and the like. The main control device 1000, the sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320), the sub sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310), the prize ball payout control board 3000, and the like store data and programs in hardware. ROM, RAM, and elements such as a CPU used for arithmetic processing. In the following description, each means included in the main controller 1000 may be configured to be mounted on a peripheral device {for example, a game peripheral device}. For example, each unit included in the peripheral device {eg, game peripheral device} may be configured to be mounted on the main control device 1000. The details of each means (device) will be described below.

  First, the main control device 1000 includes a game control means 1100 that manages main control (main game (first main game, second main game, special game)), auxiliary game, and general game, and various game information on the sub-control board 2000 side. {For example, stop symbol information, stop symbol attribute information {for example, 16R big hit, 8R big hit, 4R big hit, losing}, information on variation mode (for example, variation time), special game start signal / state information / end signal, Information transmission control means 1300 (and a command transmission buffer 1301 for accumulating unsent commands) for transmitting the hold information, etc., and a predetermined winning ball is paid out based on the winning of the game ball to various winning ports. And a prize ball payout determining means 1400 for controlling the prize ball payout control board 3000.

  Here, the game control means 1100 determines whether or not each random number can be acquired by determining whether or not each ball can be acquired, and whether or not the ball determination means 1110 determines whether the game ball flows into each ball entrance (starting port, etc.). Random number acquisition determination execution means 1120 for acquiring each random number, a hold control means 1130 for temporarily storing a ball entering each start port during a variable display as a hold ball within an upper limit number, and a first to be described later A random determination means 1135 for lottery for determining whether the special game is successful and the opening of the electric accessory 2112 based on the main game side random number, the second main game side random number, and the auxiliary game side random number, and based on each random number, Symbol content determination means 1140 for determining the variation mode (variation time, etc.), display control means 1150 for controlling the variation and stop of each symbol, and the electric accessory 2 for the second main game start port 2110 12 for controlling the opening / closing of the electric accessory for performing various processes directly related to the determination of opening / closing 12, the special game control means 1170 for controlling the special game more advantageous to the player than the normal game, the first main game, With respect to the second main game and the auxiliary game, a specific game control means 1180 for determining which game state the current game state is to be transferred to, and a process for changing the game state based on the determination, current and past games Gaming state [e.g., state relating to the main game {normal gaming state, specific gaming state (probability varying gaming state, time-reduced gaming state), special gaming state}, auxiliary gaming state (easy release state, non-easy release state), main Stop symbol and variation mode information related to game symbols and auxiliary game symbols, on / off status of various flags, game state during special game (for example, number of rounds and winning number information)], etc. It has a game state temporary storage means 1190 for storing temporarily a. Hereinafter, each means will be described in detail.

  First, the entrance determination means 1110 is directed to the first main game start entrance entrance determination means 1111 and the second main game start entrance 2110 that determine whether or not a game ball has entered the first main game start entrance 2210. Second main game start opening entrance determining means 1112 that determines whether or not a game ball has entered, and auxiliary game entrance entrance determination that determines whether or not a game ball has flowed into the auxiliary game start opening 2410 Means 1113.

  Next, the random number acquisition determination execution means 1120 determines whether or not to acquire the first main game side random number based on the game ball entering the first main game start port 2210, and according to the determination result, A first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 for acquiring random numbers (for example, a first winning random number, a first variation mode determination random number, a first main game symbol determination random number, etc.) and a game to the second main game start port 2110 It is determined whether or not the second main game random number is acquired based on the incoming ball, and the random number (for example, the second winning random number, the second variation mode determining random number, the second main game symbol, etc.) according to the determination result A second main game random number acquisition determination execution unit 1122 for acquiring a determined random number, etc., and determining whether or not the auxiliary game side selection random number can be acquired, and executing an auxiliary game random number acquisition determination for acquiring the random number based on the determination result Means 1123.

  Here, the “random number” in the claims and the present specification including the above is, for example, “0” to “65535” or “random number” assigned according to the type of random number (for example, a winning random number or a variation mode determining random number). It is a value randomly selected from a predetermined range such as “0” to “255”. The random number may not be a mathematically generated random number, but may be a pseudo random number generated by a hardware random number, a software random number, or the like. For example, the expression method of each value in the random number is a method in which the value is expressed in order along the random number sequence (plus one method), the next value when the final value of the random number sequence is expressed (initial value) ) With a contingent value (initial value update method), a combination of these, and the like.

  Next, the hold control means 1130 determines whether or not to temporarily store the first main game random number acquired in a situation where the first main game symbol variation permission has not been given, and based on the determination result, the random number is determined. The first main game symbol holding means 1131 for holding in the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a until the symbol change permission is lowered, and the second acquired in the situation where the second main game symbol change permission is not lowered. It is determined whether or not the main game side random number is temporarily stored, and based on the determination result, the second main game symbol for holding the random number in the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a until the symbol variation permission is lowered. It is determined whether or not to temporarily store the holding game 1132 and the auxiliary game side random number acquired in a situation where the auxiliary game symbol variation permission has not been granted, and the random number is reduced based on the determination result. Up has an auxiliary game symbol hold means 1133 for holding the auxiliary game symbol reservation information temporary storage means 1133a, the. Here, the first main game symbol holding means 1131, the second main game symbol holding means 1132 and the auxiliary game symbol holding means 1133 can temporarily store up to four random numbers combined with the holding order. The first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a, the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a, and the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a are provided.

  Next, the success / failure lottery means 1135 determines whether or not to win a special game if the result of the success / failure lottery is a win (for example, internally turns on the winning flag), and the success / failure lottery means 1135a. And a success / failure lottery table 1135b which is referred to when performing. Here, the success / failure lottery table 1135b performs the first main game success / failure lottery table 1135b-1 referred to when performing the success / failure lottery with respect to the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol with respect to success / failure lottery. And a second main game success / failure lottery table 1135b-3 referred to at the time. An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later.

  Next, the symbol content determination means 1140 determines the stop symbol and variation mode (variation time, etc.) of the first main game symbol based on the acquired game content determination random number (first main game random number). A second main game content determination unit 1142 that determines a stop pattern and a variation mode (variation time, etc.) of the second main game symbol based on the determination unit 1141 and the acquired game content determination random number (second main game random number); And auxiliary game content determining means 1143 for determining a stop symbol of the auxiliary game symbol based on the acquired auxiliary game symbol winning random number.

  Here, the first main game content determination means 1141 has a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol or a variation mode related to the first main game symbol, The first main game content determination lottery table 1141a includes various lottery tables that differ depending on the result of the success / failure and the gaming state (for example, with regard to the gaming state, the lottery table for the first main game normal gaming state, Probability change game → first main game probability change game state lottery table, time reduction game → first main game time reduction game state lottery table). The second main game content determination means 1142 has a second main game content determination lottery table 1142a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol or a variation mode related to the second main game symbol. The two main game content determination lottery table 1142a includes various lottery tables that differ depending on the result of the success / failure and the game state (for example, with regard to the game state, the lottery table for the second main game normal game state, the probability Floating game → second main game probability variable game state lottery table, time reduction game → second main game time reduction game state lottery table). An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later. Furthermore, the auxiliary game content determination means 1143 has an auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a that is referred to when determining a stop symbol related to the auxiliary game symbol, and the auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a includes: Various winning tables that differ depending on the game state are provided (normal game → auxiliary game normal lottery table, probability variation game and time shortening game → auxiliary game time shortening lottery table).

  Next, the display control means 1150 controls the first main game symbol display unit 2130 of the first main game symbol display device 2130 to stop and display after changing the first main game symbol for a predetermined time. On the game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol display unit 2231 of the second main game symbol display device 2230, the second main game symbol is controlled to stop and display after changing the second main game symbol for a predetermined time. If random numbers are temporarily stored in the control means 1152, the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a, and the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a, the random number hold means temporarily Main game symbol hold release control means 1154 for determining whether to prioritize fluctuations in the main game symbol based on the stored random number, and the auxiliary game symbol display unit 242 of the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 Above, and an auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 for performing the control for stopping the display after varying the predetermined time auxiliary game design.

  Here, the first main game symbol control means 1151 further includes first main game symbol change time management means 1151a for managing the change time according to the change mode determined by the first main game content determination means 1141. doing. The first main game symbol variation time management means 1151a further includes a first main game symbol variation management timer 1151a-1 (decrement counter) that can be cleared to zero. Next, the second main game symbol control means 1152 further has second main game symbol change time management means 1152a for managing the change time according to the change mode determined by the second main game content determination means 1142. doing. The second main game symbol variation time management means 1152a further includes a second main game symbol variation management timer 1152a-1 (decrement counter) that can be cleared to zero. Further, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 has auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a for managing the variation time of the auxiliary game symbols on the auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421 of the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420. . The auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a further includes an auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1 capable of measuring time.

  Next, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 includes a condition determining means 1161 for determining whether or not a condition for performing a process for opening and closing the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110 is satisfied. And an opening timer 1162 for measuring the driving (opening) time of the electric accessory 2112 in the second main game starting port 2110.

  Next, the special game control means 1170 determines whether or not the conditions for shifting to the special game are satisfied. Specifically, the special game (bonus) execution permission flag is generated. If the condition determination means 1171 for determining whether or not there is satisfied and the special game transition condition is satisfied, the contents of the special game (specifically, the big winning opening to be opened, the number of rounds, the time between rounds) )) In the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and a special game (big hit) in which the normal prize winning port 2120 or the distribution big prize winning port 2220 is opened under a predetermined condition. A special game execution control means 1173 for executing, a distribution big prize opening control means 1174 for executing a special game (big hit) in which the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened under a predetermined condition, And a normal and special winning opening control means 1175, for performing a special game (jackpot) that the normal winning opening 2120 to the open state under a predetermined condition. Here, the special game content determination unit 1172 includes a special game content reference table 1172a that is referred to when specifying the content of the special game to be set in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and at the time of execution of the special game. It further has an open / close mode determination table 1172b for determining the open / close mode of the distribution large winning port 2220 and the normal special winning port 2120 (details of the special game content reference table 1172a are not shown). The special game execution control means 1173 further includes a round number counter 1173a for measuring the number of rounds, and an end demo execution timer 1173b for measuring the execution time of the end demo display. Further, the distribution prize winning control means 1174 includes a distribution round timer 1174a for managing the opening / closing timing of the distribution big prize opening 2220, and a distribution prize waiting timer 1174b for measuring the distribution prize waiting time. , A distribution round end timer 1174c for timing the round end standby time, a discharge standby timer 1174d for timing the time for discharging the game ball that has entered the distribution large prize opening 2220, and a distribution prize detection device A distribution winning prize counter 1174e that measures the game balls detected by 2221, a discharge number counter 1174f that measures the game balls detected by the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 and the discharge ball detection device 2224-2, and a shielding member Shield member drive control means 1174-1 for controlling the displacement drive of 2224a is further provided. The shielding member drive control means 1174-1 further includes a specific area winning standby timer 1174-1a for measuring the specific area winning standby time. Also, the normal winning a prize opening control means 1175 includes a normal round timer 1175a for managing the opening / closing timing of the normal winning a prize opening 2120, a normal winning awaiting timer 1175b for measuring a normal winning awaiting time, and a round end waiting time. And a normal round end timer 1175c for measuring the game time, and a normal winning number counter 1175d for measuring the game ball detected by the normal winning detection device 2121.

  Next, the specific game control means 1180 has specific game end condition determination means 1181 for determining whether or not the end condition for the specific game state is satisfied. Here, the specific game end condition determining means 1181 further includes a probability variation number counter 1181a capable of counting the probability variation game number, and a time reduction number counter 1181b capable of counting the time reduction number. Here, the “specific game” means, for example, a probability variation game in which a lottery probability for a special game is higher than that in a normal game or a time shortening game in which the variation time of the main game symbol is relatively shorter than that in a normal game. Point to.

  Here, in the present embodiment, during the time reduction, the variation time of the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol is relatively shortened (time reduction function) as compared with the non-time reduction. Furthermore, the variation time of the auxiliary game symbol is also relatively shortened, and the opening extension time of the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110 is relatively extended (opening time extension function). In addition, the time reduction in this embodiment ends when the total value of the number of changes in the first main game symbol and the number of changes in the second main game symbol exceeds a predetermined number (excluding a probability change game with no time limit limitation). ). That is, the number of time reductions is configured to be subtracted every time the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol fluctuate (stop). The above-mentioned specific game end condition determining means 1181 has, for example, a function of performing a lottery transition from a specific game (for example, a probability-change game or a time-reduced game) to a normal game with a predetermined probability every time a symbol changes. Good (in the case of pachinko machines with a falling lottery function).

  Next, the game state temporary storage means 1190 is a first main game state temporary storage means for temporarily storing the current game state in the first main game (game from the change of the first main game symbol to the stop). 1191, second main game state temporary storage means 1192 for temporarily storing the current game state in the second main game (game from the change of the second main game symbol to the stop), and current in the auxiliary game Auxiliary game state temporary storage means 1193 for temporarily storing the game state and the current game state in the special game (for example, the number of rounds, the number of game balls won in any round, on / off of various flags related to the special game, etc.) Special game-related information temporary storage means 1194 for temporary storage, and the current game state in the specific game (for example, the remaining number of time reductions, each of the specific game Specific game related information temporary storage means 1195 for temporarily storing flag on / off and the like, and the current game state in the distributed game (for example, whether there is a prize, on / off of various flags related to the distributed game, etc.) are temporarily stored. Distribution game-related information temporary storage means 1197 for performing the game.

  Here, the first main game state temporary storage means 1191 is a first flag temporary storage means 1191a for temporarily storing ON / OFF information of various flags in various game states related to the first main game, and the first main game state that is currently changing. And a first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191b for temporarily storing stop symbols and variation mode information related to the game symbols (first main game symbols satisfying the change start condition).

  The second main game state temporary storage means 1192 includes second flag temporary storage means 1192a for temporarily storing ON / OFF information of various flags in various game states related to the second main game, and the second main game that is currently changing. There is a second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192b for temporarily storing the stop symbol and the variation mode information related to the symbol (second main game symbol for which the variation start condition is satisfied).

  The auxiliary game state temporary storage unit 1193 temporarily stores information related to the auxiliary game (for example, on / off information of various flags such as an auxiliary game symbol winning flag, a release extension flag, and a time reduction flag). It has storage means 1193a and auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b for temporarily storing information such as stop symbols related to the currently changing auxiliary game symbols (auxiliary game symbols for which change start conditions are established). .

  Next, game peripheral devices will be described. Since some of the peripheral devices have already been described in detail, the remaining configuration will be briefly described. First, the game peripheral devices are a first main game peripheral device A that is a peripheral device on the first main game side, a second main game peripheral device B that is a peripheral device on the second main game side, and a first main game side. The first and second main game shared peripheral devices C, which are shared peripheral devices on the second main game side, the auxiliary game peripheral device D related to the auxiliary game, the sub main control unit 2320 (effect display control means 2320), the sub sub control Part 2310 (effect display device 2140) and the like. Here, the effects controlled by the sub-main control unit 2320 are included in the game results, including the variation of the decoration pattern in time synchronized with the variation of the first main game symbol and the second main game symbol. It concerns only the display of information that has no effect. Hereinafter, these peripheral devices will be described in order.

  First, the first main game peripheral device A includes a first main game start port 2210 that triggers the transition to a special game, and a first main game symbol display device 2130 that can display stop and change display of the first main game symbol. ,have.

  Next, the second main game peripheral device B has a second main game start port 2110 that triggers the transition to the special game, and a second main game symbol display device 2230 capable of displaying a stop and change display of the second main game symbol. And have.

  Next, the first and second main game shared peripheral devices C are in a closed state in the normal game, and a predetermined condition in a round other than a predetermined round (for example, odd round) of the special game (big hit) The regular prize winning opening 2120 that is open below and the distribution prize that is in the closed state during the normal game and is open under the predetermined condition during the distribution game in the predetermined round of the special game And a mouth 2220. The other configurations have been described above and will not be described.

  Next, the auxiliary game peripheral device D has an auxiliary game start port 2410 that triggers the opening of the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game start port 2110, and an auxiliary game symbol that can display stop and change display of the auxiliary game symbols. Display device 2420.

  Here, the effect display control means (sub-main control section) 2320, display information receiving means 2321 for receiving various information from the main control device 1000 side, decoration pattern variation mode and stop symbol determination processing and display Decoration design display control means 2322 for controlling the control process, equipment hold information display control means 2323 for managing the number of decoration symbols held and holding display processing, and production general information temporarily for temporarily storing information related to the production control. A storage unit 2324; an error control unit 2325 that performs control processing related to notification of various errors; and an information transmission / reception control unit 2400 that controls transmission / reception of information to / from the sub-sub control unit 2310 side. Hereafter, each said means is explained in full detail.

  First, the display information receiving means 2321 has main-side information temporary storage means 2321a for temporarily storing symbol information and display instruction information related to the first main game and the second main game from the main controller 1000 side. .

  Next, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 is based on the information from the main controller 1000 side, and the decorative symbol display content determining means 2322a for determining the stop symbol and the variation mode of the decorative symbol, and the decorative symbol display variation A drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c for temporarily storing various types of information (variation mode information, stop symbol information, various flags, etc.), and a diagram variation time management timer 2322d for measuring the variation time of the decorative symbols, ,have. Here, the drawing display content determination means 2322a has a drawing variation content determination lottery (reference) table 2322a-1 that is referred to when determining the stop symbol and variation mode of the decorative symbol. An example of a detailed table configuration will be described later.

  Next, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 has a drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a for temporarily storing information related to the hold related to the decorative design.

  Further, the effect display means (sub-sub control unit) 2310 is an image display control means for displaying an image on the decorative symbol display area 2311, the first hold display part 2312a, and the second hold display part 2312b which are display areas on the effect display device 2140. 2313 and sub information transmission / reception control means 2450 for controlling information transmission / reception with the sub main control unit 2320 side. Here, the image display control unit 2313 further includes an image display related information temporary storage unit 2313a for temporarily storing commands received from the sub main control unit 2320 side and information related to various image displays.

  The first main game symbol display device 2130, the second main game symbol display device 2230, and the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 are connected to the main control device 1000 so as to be able to transmit information, and the remaining sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display) The means 2310) is connected to the effect display control means 2320 so as to be able to transmit information. That is, the first main game symbol display device 2130, the second main game symbol display device 2230, and the auxiliary game symbol display device 2420 are controlled by the main control device 1000, and the sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) displays an effect display. It means that it is controlled by the control means 2320. In addition, you may comprise so that another peripheral device may be controlled via the main controller 1000 and the other peripheral device controlled by one-way communication (one-way communication).

  Next, FIG. 11 is a main flowchart showing the flow of general processing performed by main controller 1000. After powering on the gaming machine, the process of FIG. That is, after the gaming machine is turned on and initialized (not shown), the main controller 1000 confirms the input port of the RAM clear button in Step 4002 and resets the RAM (Clear button) of the power supply unit 290. Button) has been operated, that is, whether or not an operation of clearing the contents of the RAM has been performed intentionally by a game hall manager or the like. In the case of Yes in step 4002, in step 4004, main controller 1000 clears all RAM contents (for example, information in game state temporary storage means 1190) on the main controller 1000 side. Next, at step 4006, the information transmission control means 1300 transmits ram clear information (command) indicating that the RAM of the main controller 1000 has been cleared to the sub main control unit 2320 side (even if it is transmitted at this timing). Alternatively, a command may be set at this timing and transmitted by a control command transmission process described later), and the process proceeds to step 4018. On the other hand, if No in step 4002, the main controller 1000 checks the contents of the RAM area in the main controller 1000 in step 4008 (for example, stored in the checksum and RAM area recorded at the time of power interruption). Comparison with the amount of information). Next, in step 4010, main controller 1000 determines whether or not the contents of the RAM are not normal based on the check result (whether or not the information at the time of power failure has been backed up to RAM correctly). If YES in step 4010, that is, if the data backed up in the RAM is abnormal, the processing proceeds to step 4004 (RAM clear processing described above). On the other hand, if it is No in step 4010, that is, if the data backed up in the RAM is normal, in step 4012, main controller 1000 transmits various information commands to sub-main controller 2320 side (transmits at this timing). Alternatively, a command may be set at this timing and transmitted by a control command transmission process described later). Next, at step 4013, main controller 1000 refers to the flag area of specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and determines whether or not the probability change transition reservation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 4013, in step 4014, main controller 1000 transmits a high profit redisplay command to sub-main control unit 2320 (may be transmitted at this timing, or set a command at this timing. (Alternatively, it may be configured to transmit in a control command transmission process to be described later), and the process proceeds to step 4015. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 4013, the process proceeds to step 4015. Next, in step 4015, the main controller 1000 resets the distribution prize counter 1174e and the discharge number counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 4018. In this process, by resetting the distribution winning prize counter value and the discharge number counter value, it is possible to recover from the discharge ball abnormality. Next, in step 4018, the main controller 1000 triggers an execution scheduled interrupt (for example, a hardware interrupt about every 1.5 ms) related to the main process on the main controller 1000 side indicated by step 1000 in FIG. However, in this example, the interrupt cycle is set to T) (as a result, when the execution scheduled interrupt timing is reached, step 1000 in the figure is executed), and the process proceeds to step 4020. . After the transition to step 4020, main controller 1000 repeatedly executes various random number update processing (for example, random number counter increment processing) until the next scheduled interrupt timing is reached.

  Next, timer interrupt processing will be described. Main controller 1000 executes the process shown in FIG. 5B based on an interrupt request generated when the scheduled interrupt timing is reached. That is, triggered by the arrival of the scheduled interrupt period T (for example, a hardware interrupt about every 1.5 ms), in step 1100, the main controller 1000 executes an auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition process described later. Next, in step 1200, main controller 1000 executes an electric accessory driving determination process described later. Next, at step 1300, main controller 1000 executes a main game content determination random number acquisition process, which will be described later. Next, at step 1400, main controller 1000 executes a main game symbol display process described later. Next, at step 2000, main controller 1000 executes a special game operating condition determination process described later. Next, at step 2100, main controller 1000 executes a special game control process described later. Next, in step 3000, main controller 1000 (especially prize ball payout determining means 1400) receives a prize ball payout control process (drive control of prize ball payout mechanism 210, etc.) based on a winning opening where a game ball has won. The payout control board 3000 is executed and processing for managing the result is executed. Next, in step 3100, main controller 1000 executes external signal output processing (information output to external terminal board, hall computer H, etc.) (game-related information, discharge ball abnormality information, fraud detection command, etc.). Send). Next, at step 3200, main controller 1000 transmits a control command transmission process (the command set in each process described above is transmitted to the sub-main control unit side, and the sub-main control unit 2320 side performs an effect according to the command. To return to the process that was being executed immediately before the execution of this interrupt process.

  Next, NMI interrupt processing will be described. As described above, the main controller 1000 is configured such that the power interruption signal from the reset IC is input to the NMI terminal of the CPU, and the process shown in FIG. Is done. That is, when the gaming machine is powered off (NMI interrupt in this example), in step 4604, main controller 1000 sets power interruption information (for example, checksum) based on the information in the RAM area. Next, in step 4606, main controller 1000 prohibits writing to the RAM area, prohibits timer interrupt processing, and shifts to power-off waiting loop processing.

  Next, FIG. 12 is a flowchart of auxiliary game content determination random number acquisition processing according to the subroutine of step 1100 in FIG. First, in step 1102, the auxiliary game entrance entrance determination means 1113 determines whether or not a game ball enters (inflow, passes in the case of a gate) into the auxiliary game start port 2410. In the case of Yes in step 1102, in step 1104, the auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123 refers to the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a, and determines whether or not the number of hold balls is not the upper limit (for example, 4 pieces). . In the case of Yes in step 1104, in step 1106, the auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123 acquires an auxiliary game content determination random number (for example, an auxiliary game symbol winning random number). Next, in step 1108, the auxiliary game symbol hold means 1133 adds 1 hold ball in the form of setting the random number in the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a together with information on what number of holds. Return to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in Step 1102 or Step 1104, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 13 is a flowchart of the electric accessory drive determination process according to the subroutine of step 1200 in FIG. First, in step 1202, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 refers to the flag area of the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a and determines whether or not the electric accessory open flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 1202, in step 1204, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 refers to the flag area of the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a to determine whether or not the auxiliary game symbol changing flag is off. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1204, in step 1206, the auxiliary game content determination unit 1143 accesses the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage unit 1133a and determines whether or not there is a hold ball related to the auxiliary game symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1206, in step 1216, the auxiliary game content determination unit 1143 refers to the auxiliary game state temporary storage unit 1193 to acquire the auxiliary game side game state (flag state of the auxiliary game short time flag), and Referring to the auxiliary game content determination lottery table 1143a, a stop symbol is determined based on the acquired auxiliary game side gaming state and the auxiliary game symbol random number based on the reserved ball (for example, when the auxiliary game short time flag is on) Is selected with a higher probability than in the case of being off) and temporarily stored in the auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b. Next, in step 1218, the auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a stores the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1 in the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1 based on the game state on the auxiliary game side (flag state of the auxiliary game short time flag). A predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds when the auxiliary game short flag is on, and 30 seconds when the auxiliary game short flag is off) related to the variable time is set. In step 1220, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 turns on the auxiliary game symbol fluctuation flag in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. Next, in step 1222, the auxiliary game symbol holding means 1133 updates the hold information recorded in the auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1133a after subtracting 1 from the reserved ball related to the auxiliary game symbol, and also assists. The gaming symbol control means 1153 starts the auxiliary gaming symbol variation management timer 1153a-1, and then starts the variation display of the auxiliary gaming symbol on the auxiliary gaming symbol display unit 2421. Next, in step 1224, the auxiliary game symbol variation time management means 1153a refers to the auxiliary game symbol variation management timer 1153a-1, and determines whether or not a predetermined time related to the variation time of the auxiliary game symbol has been reached. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1224, in step 1226, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 refers to the auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means 1193b, acquires the stop symbol of the auxiliary game symbol, and stops the acquired auxiliary game symbol. The symbol is fixedly displayed on the auxiliary game symbol display unit 2421. In step 1228, the auxiliary game symbol control means 1153 turns off the auxiliary game symbol fluctuation flag in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. Next, in step 1230, the condition determination means 1161 determines whether or not the stop symbol of the auxiliary game symbol is “winning”. In the case of Yes in Step 1230, in Step 1232, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 relates to the opening time of the electric accessory in the opening timer 1162 based on the auxiliary gaming side gaming state (the flag state of the auxiliary gaming short time flag). A predetermined time (for example, 6 seconds when the auxiliary game short flag is on, and 0.5 seconds when the auxiliary game short flag is off) is set. Next, in step 1234, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 turns on the electric accessory open flag in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. In step 1236, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 opens the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110. Next, at step 1238, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 refers to the release timer 1162, and determines whether or not a predetermined time related to the opening time of the electric accessory has been reached. In the case of Yes in step 1238, in step 1240 and step 1242, the electric accessory opening / closing control means 1160 closes the electric accessory 2112 of the second main game starting port 2110, and in the auxiliary game related information temporary storage means 1193a. Turns off the electric-worker opening flag and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  If NO in step 1202, the process proceeds to step 1238. If NO in step 1204, the process proceeds to step 1224. If NO in step 1206, step 1224, step 1230, or step 1238, this subroutine is executed. Return to the caller of.

  Further, in this flowchart, for the sake of convenience, after the stop symbol is displayed in step 1226, the process proceeds to the next step immediately, but the present invention is not limited to this. In that case, it may be configured to move to the next processing after a fixed stop display time of about 500 ms (for example, this processing is performed by performing branch processing using a stop display fixing flag and a timer). Achievable).

  Next, FIG. 14 is a flowchart of the main game content determination random number acquisition process according to the subroutine of step 1300 in FIG. First, in step 1302, the first main game start port entrance determining means 1111 receives the first main game start port entrance information from the first main game start entrance entrance detection device 2211 of the first main game start port 2210. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1302, in step 1304, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 refers to the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a and holds on the main game (especially the first main game side). It is determined whether or not the number of spheres is not the upper limit (for example, four). In the case of Yes in step 1304, in step 1306, the first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121 acquires the first main game content determination random number. In the present embodiment, as the first main game content determination random number, the winning lottery random number for determining the success / failure, the symbol lottery random number for determining the winning symbol, and the variation pattern (variation time) of the special symbol are determined. The three random numbers of the variation mode lottery random numbers to acquire are acquired. Incidentally, these three random numbers are generated from random number generation means having different update periods and random number ranges, and are sequentially acquired at this timing. Next, in Step 1308, the first main game symbol hold means 1131 stores the first main game content determination random number in the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a. Next, in step 1310, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information (holding occurrence command) indicating that the first main game random number has been acquired in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320. To do. Next, in step 1311, the information transmission control means 1300 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 in the command sending buffer 1301 (to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side by the control command sending process in step 3200). The process proceeds to step 1312. Next, in step 1312, the second main game start opening entrance judging means 1112 receives the second main game start entrance entrance information from the second main game start entrance entrance detecting device 2111 of the second main game start entrance 2110. It is determined whether or not it has been received. In the case of Yes in step 1312, in step 1314, the second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122 refers to the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a and holds on the main game (especially the second main game side). It is determined whether or not the number of spheres is not the upper limit (for example, four). In the case of Yes in step 1314, in step 1316, the second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122 acquires the second main game content determination random number. In the present embodiment, as the second main game content determination random number, three random numbers of the success / failure lottery random number, the symbol lottery random number, and the variation mode lottery random number are acquired as in the first main game content determination means. Incidentally, the acquisition range of each random number of the first main game content determination random number and the acquisition range of each random number of the second main game content determination random number (for example, the first lottery random number for the first main game and the right lottery random number for the second main game) Are set to the same range. Next, in step 1318, the second main game symbol hold means 1132 stores the second main game content determination random number in the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a. Next, in step 1320, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information indicating that the second main game random number has been acquired (pending occurrence command) in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320. To do. Next, in step 1321, the information transmission control means 1300 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 in the command sending buffer 1301 (to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side by the control command sending process in step 3200). And return to the caller of this subroutine. If NO in step 1302 or step 1304, the process proceeds to step 1312. If NO in step 1312 or step 1314, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  In the present embodiment, information indicating that a random number has been acquired is transmitted as information to be transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 in steps 1310 and 1320. However, the random number information and the main game symbol are transmitted. The number of reservations may be attached and transmitted, and the information indicating that a random number has been acquired can be substituted by these pieces of information.

  Next, FIG. 15 is a flowchart of the main game symbol display process according to the subroutine of step 1400 in FIG. First, in step 1401, the main game symbol hold release control means 1154 refers to the second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a, and confirms whether there is no hold of the second main game symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1401, in step 1400 (1), main controller 1000 executes a first main game symbol display process described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1401, in step 1400 (2), main controller 1000 executes a second main game symbol display process described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Thus, in the present embodiment, when there is a holding ball of the second main game symbol, regardless of the presence of the holding ball of the first main game symbol (even if the winning order is the holding of the first main game symbol) However, this is not limited to this, but it is not limited to this (the pending digest based on the winning order and both main game symbols are simultaneously executed in parallel). It may be configured to execute a parallel lottery for lottery.

  Next, FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the first main game symbol display process (second main game symbol display process) according to the subroutine of step 1400 (1) {step 1400 (2)} in FIG. In addition, since this process is substantially the same process on the first main game symbol side and the second main game symbol side, the first main game symbol side will be mainly described, and the processing on the second main game symbol side will be described. Use parentheses. First, in step 1403, the first main game content determination unit 1141 (second main game content determination unit 1142) determines whether or not a change start condition is satisfied. Here, the condition for starting the change is that the special game is not in progress (or the condition device is in operation), the main game symbol is not changing, and the main game symbol is on hold.

  Next, in step 1405 and step 1406, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) is a first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1131a (second main game symbol hold information temporary). The first main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) related to the current symbol variation, which is temporarily stored in the storage unit 1132a), is read, and the first main game symbol hold information temporary storage unit 1131a (first storage) The two main game symbol hold information temporary storage means 1132a) are deleted and the remaining temporarily stored information is shifted (holding digestion process). Next, in step 1410-1, the winning / not-lotting means 1135 refers to the first main gaming winning / losing lottery table 1135b-1 (second main gaming notifying lottery table 1135b-3) corresponding to each gaming state. Based on 1 main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) (particularly, a winning lottery random number), a main game symbol winning lottery is executed.

  Here, FIG. 17 (main game table 1) is an example of a first main game success / failure lottery table 1135b-1 (second main game success / failure lottery table 1135b-3). As shown in this example, in this embodiment, the jackpot winning probability in the probability varying gaming state is configured to be higher than the jackpot winning probability in the non-stochastic varying gaming state. Note that the winning probability is merely an example, and is not limited to this. Further, in the present embodiment, the hit (so-called small hit) where the gaming state cannot be changed is not illustrated, but a small hit may be generated (winning for the small hit).

  Next, in step 1410-2, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) determines the first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a). ) To determine the stop symbol for the main game symbol based on the main game symbol determination lottery result and the first main game content determination random number (second main game content determination random number) (particularly, the symbol lottery random number), The first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192b) is temporarily stored.

  Here, FIG. 17 (main game table 2) is an example of a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a) (particularly, an example of a stop symbol determination table). . As shown in this example, in this embodiment, when a big hit is won, a plurality of main game symbol candidates (in this example, “4A · 3A · 5A · 7A” and “5B · 7B · 9B”) One main game symbol is determined as a jackpot symbol from the inside. As will be described later, in this embodiment, based on the type of jackpot symbol, the opening mode of the big prize opening (the distribution big prize mouth and the normal big prize mouth) at the time of the round is determined (a certain big hit symbol) And other jackpot symbols may be different in the manner of opening the big prize opening), and depending on the opening style of the big prize opening, the ease of transition to the probability variation gaming state is the type of jackpot symbol It is configured to be different depending on the case. The other symbol types are merely examples, and are not limited to this. {For example, the lost symbol is not limited to one type of symbol, and a plurality of types of symbols may be provided. When a specific symbol is stopped and displayed, the state of change of the main game symbol and / or the selection rate is different from that before the specific symbol is stopped and displayed (limited frequency state). May be configured}.

  Next, in step 1410-3, the first main game content determination means 1141 (second main game content determination means 1142) determines the first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content) corresponding to each game state. Referring to the content determination lottery table 1142a), the main game symbol variation based on the main game symbol determination lottery result and the first main game content determination random number (first main game content determination random number) (particularly, the variation mode lottery random number) The mode is determined, and these are temporarily stored in the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192b), and the process proceeds to Step 1415.

  Here, FIG. 17 (main game table 3) is an example of a first main game content determination lottery table 1141a (second main game content determination lottery table 1142a) (particularly, an example of a variation mode determination table). . As shown in this example, the present embodiment is configured such that the variation mode (variation time) of the main game symbol is determined based on the main game symbol winning / losing lottery result and the main game short time flag state. In other words, when the main game symbol winning / losing lottery result is a win, it is easy to determine a variation mode in which the variation time is relatively long, and when the main game short-time flag is off (relative to the short-time game state) The variation mode in which the variation time is short is easily determined. This example is merely an example, and is not limited to the type of stop symbol, the selection rate, or the like. Further, in the present embodiment, for convenience of explanation, it is not configured to have a different table according to the number of reserved balls, but needless to say, it may be configured to have a different table according to the number of reserved balls. Absent. Furthermore, the symbol variation time on the first main game side in the time reduction game state (when the main game short time flag is on) may be configured to be relatively long (the symbol on the second main game side). When the change is configured to be advantageous for the player, the second main game side is likely to be suspended by reducing the symbol variation efficiency on the first main game side (advantageous for the player). This is particularly effective when the start port on the first main game side and the start port on the second main game side cannot be distinguished).

  Next, in step 1415, the information transmission control means 1300 causes the command (stop symbol) relating to the main game symbol temporarily stored in the first main game symbol information temporary storage means 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage means 1192b). Information, stop symbol attribute information, variation mode information, etc.) and a command related to the current gaming state (symbol variation display start instruction command) are set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. . Next, in step 1416, the first main game symbol variation time management means 1151a (second main game symbol variation time management means 1152a) uses the predetermined time related to the variation time of the main game symbol for the first main game symbol variation management. The timer 1151a-1 (second main game symbol variation management timer 1152a-1) is set. In step 1417, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) is the first main game symbol of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). On the display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231), in accordance with the variation mode stored in the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192b), Start the variable display. Next, in step 1418, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) turns on the changing flag in the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). To do. In step 1420, the first main game symbol variation time management means 1151a (second main game symbol variation time management means 1152a) determines whether or not a predetermined time relating to the variation time of the main game symbol has been reached. If Yes in step 1420, in step 1422, the information transmission control unit 1300 transmits a command transmission symbol (symbol confirmation display instruction command) to the sub-main control unit 2320, indicating that the symbol variation has ended. Set to 1301. Next, in step 1423, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) makes the first main game of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). The variable display of the main game symbol on the symbol display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231) is stopped, and the first main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1191b (second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1192b) is stopped. The stored stop symbol is displayed and controlled as a fixed stop symbol. Next, in step 1424, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152) turns off the changing flag in the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). To.

  Next, in step 1430, the special game transition determining means 1135a determines whether or not the stop symbol of the main game symbol is a jackpot symbol. In the case of Yes in step 1430, in step 1432, the special game transition determining unit 1135a turns on the condition device operation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. On the other hand, if No at step 1430, step 1432 is skipped.

  Next, at step 1450, main controller 1000 executes a specific game end determination process, which will be described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. If No in step 1434, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  In the case of No in step 1403, in step 1419, the first main game symbol control means 1151 (second main game symbol control means 1152), the first flag temporary storage means 1191a (second flag temporary storage means 1192a). ) Is referred to, and it is determined whether or not the changing flag is ON. If Yes in step 1419, the process proceeds to step 1420. If No in step 1419, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 18 is a flowchart of specific game end determination processing according to the subroutine of step 1500 in FIG. First, in step 1502, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the probability variation counter 1181a and determines whether or not the counter value is greater than zero. In the case of Yes in step 1502, in step 1504, the specific game control means 1180 decrements the counter value of the probability variation counter 1181a by 1. Next, in step 1506, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the probability variation counter 1181a and determines whether or not the counter value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 1506, in step 1510, the specific game control unit 1180 turns off the main game probability change flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195, and proceeds to step 1512. Note that if the answer is No in step 1502 or 1506, the process also proceeds to step 1512.

  Next, in step 1512, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the time reduction counter 1181 b and determines whether or not the counter value is greater than zero. In the case of Yes in step 1512, in step 1514, the specific game control means 1180 subtracts 1 from the counter value of the time reduction counter 1181b. Next, in step 1516, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the time reduction counter 1181b and determines whether or not the counter value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 1516, in step 1518, the specific game control unit 1180 turns off the main game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195. Next, in step 1520, the specific game control means 1180 turns off the auxiliary game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in step 1512 or step 1516, the process returns to the calling source of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 19 is a flowchart of special game operation condition determination processing according to the subroutine of step 2000 in FIG. First, in step 2002, the condition determination means 1171 is on the first main game symbol display unit 2131 (second main game symbol display unit 2231) of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230). It is determined whether or not the main game symbol displayed on is stopped. In the case of Yes in step 2002, in step 2004, the condition determination means 1171 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether or not the condition device operation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2004, in step 2006, the condition determination means 1171 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the special game execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2006, in step 2007, it is determined whether or not the main game symbol that is currently stopped is a long release fixed symbol (7A, 7B in this example). In addition, the long release confirmed symbol includes a round in which the opening mode of the distribution big prize opening 2220 in the special game related to the long release confirmed symbol is long release B, and the player stops the long release confirmed symbol It is a main game symbol that can be recognized that the long opening is included in the opening mode of the distribution prize winning opening 2220 sometimes. Next, in step 2008, the special game content determination means 1172 sets a long release confirmation command to the sub side (transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Shift to 2009. On the other hand, when the result in step 2007 is No, the process proceeds to step 2009. Next, in step 2009, the special game content determination unit 1172 sets the content of the special game in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194 by referring to the special game content reference table 1172a based on the predetermined mode. .

  Next, in step 2010, the specific game flags (main game probability change flag, main game short flag, auxiliary game short flag) in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195 are temporarily turned off. Next, in step 2012, the specific game control means 1180 resets the counter value of the probability variation counter 1181a (zero clear). Next, in step 2014, the specific game control means 1180 resets the counter value of the time-count counter 1181b (clears to zero) and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2002, Step 2004, or Step 2006, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 20 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of step 2100 in FIG. First, in step 2102, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the condition device operation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2102, in step 2150, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a special game start control process described later. Next, in step 2200, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a distribution prize winning control process described later. Next, in step 2600, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a normal special winning opening control process described later. Next, in step 2900, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a special game end control process described later, and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2102, the special game execution control means 1173 determines that it is not time to execute the special game, and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 21 is a flowchart of the special game start control process according to the subroutine of step 2150 in FIG. First, in step 2152, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the special game execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2152, in step 2156, the special game execution control means 1173 turns on a special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2158, the information transmission control means 1300 sets information (special game start display instruction command) to start the special game in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit side. . Next, in step 2160, the special game execution control means 1173 sets (initializes) 1 to the round number counter 1173a, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2152, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 22 is a flowchart of the large allocation prize opening control process according to the subroutine of step 2200 in FIG. First, in step 2202, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 refers to the round number counter 1173a to determine whether or not the counter value is an odd number (whether or not to shift to the probability-variable gaming state after the special game is finished). Whether or not it is an odd-numbered round in which the sorting game is determined. In the case of Yes in step 2202, in step 2204, the allocation large winning opening control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the allocation control continuing flag is on. Determine. If Yes in step 2204, the process proceeds to step 2300. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2204, in step 2206, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 turns on the distribution control continuing flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, in step 2208, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the opening / closing mode determination table 1172b (see FIG. 23), and based on the big win symbol and the counter value of the round number counter 1173a, the distribution large in the relevant round. The opening mode of the winning opening 2220 is set.

  Here, FIG. 23 is an example of the opening / closing mode determination table 1172b that is referred to when determining the opening mode of the special winning opening. As shown in the figure, the special game according to the present embodiment is configured such that the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 are alternately opened. More specifically, the sorting prize winning opening 2220 is opened in the odd-numbered round, and when the sorting prize winning opening 2220 is finished, the next round (even-numbered round) is set, and the regular winning prize opening 2120 is set in the even-numbered round. When the opening of the regular prize winning opening 2120 is completed, the transition to the next round (odd round) is continued until the final round is completed. In this embodiment, the special game related to all the jackpot symbols is a 16-round special game. However, each round has an opening mode (a short opening that hardly obtains a ball and a long opening A and a ball that are easy to acquire a ball) To the specific area 2224 at the time of opening of the big prize winning opening 2220 determined to shift to the probability variation gaming state after the special game is ended by the combination of the long opening B) and the entry into the specific area 2224 provided inside The player's profit for each jackpot symbol is different depending on the combination of the ease of entering the ball (opening mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 in odd-numbered rounds). For example, in the special game related to the jackpot symbol 4A, since only the second R, fourth R, sixth R, and eighth R are long open, it is possible to obtain four rounds (so-called, substantially four rounds). It does not shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end (or it is difficult to shift). On the other hand, in the special games related to the jackpot symbols 7A and 7B, since all the rounds are long open, it is possible to obtain 16 rounds, and the state shifts to the probability variation game state after the special game ends (or transition) Easy to do).

  In addition, by configuring the distribution grand prize winning port 2220 and the regular grand prize winning port 2120 to be alternately opened, during the passage of the prize waiting time after the closing of the one big prize winning port, the other large game winning the next round. It will be possible to start opening the winning opening. As a result, the period during which any big winning opening is closed is shortened, so that the game balls launched by the player do not enter any big winning opening (so-called waste balls) can be reduced. As well as being able to reduce the time required to digest special games.

  In addition, when the distribution big prize opening 2220 and the normal big prize opening 2120 are alternately opened, a round is given to the distribution big prize opening 2220 to enter a game ball (which becomes long open) with a plurality of odd numbers. Can be set from round. For example, in the special game related to the big hit symbol “3A”, the distribution winning prize opening 2220 is opened in the open mode of the long opening A in the seventh R, while in the special game related to the big hit symbol “5A” “5B”, In the 9th R, the large allocation winning opening 2220 is opened in the open mode of the long opening A. In this way, by giving variations to the timing of the long opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220, it is shown that the round in which the distribution large winning opening 2220 can be long opened ends with the short opening. In such an odd number of rounds, it is possible to perform an effect (so-called reverse effect) in which the large allocation winning opening 2220 is opened long. In addition, when the round in which the allocation big prize opening 2220 is long open is set as the second half of the special game, the special game before the long opening of the distribution big prize opening 2220 which is greatly related to the profit of the player is being executed. The period can be set to a period during which the player can make preparations for entering the game ball into the allocation prize winning port 2220 (for example, adjustment of the game ball launch intensity or supplement of the game ball to be launched). .

  In addition, when the large allocation winning opening 2220 is set to be opened for a plurality of times, a game ball can be made to enter the specific area 2224 more reliably, resulting in a discrepancy with the production {for example, In the period of one round in which the large prize winning opening 2220 is opened for a long time due to a clogged ball despite the fact that the transition to the probability-variable gaming state (or easy transition) is notified after the special game ends. It is possible to prevent a situation where the ball cannot be launched and the game does not enter the probability variation gaming state. Note that this example is merely an example, and the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, the allocation big prize opening 2220 is based on a rule different from this example, such as opening the distribution big prize opening 2220 every three rounds. May be configured to open, or may be configured to open the large allocation winning opening 2220 in an irregular order.

  Further, as shown in the image of the opening / closing timing comparison in FIG. 23, in this example, the opening pattern of long opening A: 52 ms opening + 2600 ms closing + 28800 ms opening, long opening B: 29000 ms opening, short opening: 52 ms opening. In particular, the long opening A and the short opening are substantially the same in the first 52 ms (see the respective figures shown below in the figure). (Refer to the open / close timing comparison image). Therefore, the player cannot recognize whether the selected opening pattern is a long opening A with a high profit or a short opening with a low profit, but if the distribution big prize opening 2220 is opened again after that, the player will be long. It is an opening that also serves as an effect that it is revealed that the opening is an opening in the opening mode of the opening A (that is, it is hoped that more balls can be obtained). For example, in this example, the big hit symbol “4A” is a low profit big hit symbol in which the opening mode of the distribution big prize opening 2220 is not long open, but the big hit symbol “3A” “5A” “5B” is halfway. Therefore, the player's expectation can be maintained until the seventh R and ninth R opening modes are known. On the other hand, in the special game related to the big hit symbols “7A” and “7B”, the opening mode of the 1R distribution big prize opening 2220 is also long opening, and the profit of the player is maximized in the 1R stage. Since it can be understood, the meaning of sustaining the player's expectation is sparse. Therefore, in this example, in the case of a special game related to the big hit symbols “7A” and “7B”, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is configured to be opened in the open mode of the long open B like the normal big prize opening 2120. (Because there is no need to perform a squeaky effect between short open and long open). This example is merely an example, and is not limited to this. For example, a long open mode or a short open mode not shown in the present example may be provided, or the first allocation of the special game to be executed may be provided. Only when the special winning opening 2220 is opened, the long opening A may be set. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  Returning to the description of the flowchart, next, in step 2210, the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. . Next, in step 2212, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 resets (clears to zero) the counter value of the distribution prize counter 1174e and the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. Next, at step 2214, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 starts the allocation round timer 1174a, and proceeds to step 2300. Steps 2202 to 2214 are the initial processing stage, and initial processing at the time of round execution related to opening / closing of the big prize winning opening 2220 in the special game is performed in this processing.

  Next, in step 2300, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 executes a distribution big prize opening opening / closing control process to be described later, and proceeds to step 2350. Next, in step 2350, the allocation big winning opening control means 1174 executes an allocation preparation time control process to be described later. Next, in step 2400, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 executes an allocation winning control process described later. Next, at step 2450, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 executes a discharge ball abnormality detection process. Next, at step 2500, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 executes a shielding member drive control process. Next, at step 2550, the allocation big winning opening control means 1174 executes an allocation round control end process which will be described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. If NO in step 2202, the process proceeds to step 2350.

  Next, FIG. 24 is a flowchart of the allocation big prize opening / closing control processing according to the subroutine of step 2300 in FIG. First, in step 2302, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 to determine whether or not the distribution big prize opening release end flag is off. . In the case of Yes in step 2302, in step 2304, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and the distribution large prize opening releasing control flag is on. It is determined whether or not. If Yes in step 2304, the process proceeds to step 2310. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2304, in step 2306, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 turns on the high allocation prize opening opening control flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. To. Next, in step 2308, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 starts to open and close the distribution large prize opening 2220 based on the set release mode, and proceeds to step 2310.

  Next, in step 2310, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the allocation prize number counter 1174e, and determines whether or not the counter value has reached a predetermined number (for example, 10). If YES in step 2310, the process proceeds to step 2314. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2310, in step 2312, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the timer value of the allocation round timer 1174 a, and whether or not the opening period of the allocation big prize opening 2220 has ended. Determine. If Yes in step 2312, the process proceeds to step 2314. Here, in the present example, the opening period of the large allocation prize opening 2220 is 52 ms when the opening mode is “short opening”, 31252 ms when “long opening A”, and “long opening B”. In some cases, it is 29000 ms.

  Next, at step 2314, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 forcibly ends the longest opening control of the allocation prize winning opening 2220 and closes it. That is, when a predetermined number of winnings are detected in the allocation big prize opening 2220 or when the set opening pattern is finished, the opening and closing of the distribution big prize opening 2220 is finished and closed. Next, at step 2316, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns off the distribution big prize opening releasing control flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, in step 2318, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the distribution big prize opening release end flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and the calling source of this subroutine Return to. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2302 or Step 2312, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 25 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2350 in FIG. First, in step 2352, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the discharge waiting flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2352, in step 2354, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and whether the allocation big prize opening release end flag is on. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 2354, in step 2355, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns off the large allocation winning opening release end flag in the flag area of the allocated gaming related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 2356, the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on a discharge waiting flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 2358, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 closes the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b to the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b (for example, closes the allocation prize winning port 2220 and exists inside). This is the time to wait for the game ball to be detected by the winning sensor. In this example, 1900 ms) is set and started, and in step 2360, the allocation big winning opening control means 1174 determines the allocation game related information. The distribution prize waiting flag in the flag area of the temporary storage means 1197 is turned on. Next, at step 2362, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 causes the distribution round end timer 1174c to actually wait for the round end waiting time (for example, the excitation of the solenoid that drives the distribution large winning opening 2220 is actually stopped). It is the total time of the closing time for waiting for the time until the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is closed and the preparation time for preparing the start of the next round, and in this example, it is set to start (140 ms + 60 ms, 200 ms). At the same time, in step 2364, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 turns on the distribution round end standby flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and proceeds to step 2366. Note that if No in step 2352, the process proceeds to step 2366.

  Here, in this example, the waiting time at the end of the sorting round is set to 200 ms. Is the sum of the time required for 140) and the preparation time of 60 ms until the next opening. By providing the preparation time in this way, it is possible to prevent malfunctions and the like by interrupting the drive of the solenoid and the motor that drive the opening and closing of the big prize opening and suppressing the heat generation. Further, in this example, the distribution round end waiting time (200 ms) is configured to be shorter than the discharge waiting time (1900 ms), and the next time during the waiting period for the game balls in the big prize opening to be discharged Since the opening of the grand prize winning opening (usually the big winning opening 2120) related to the round can be started, the special game can proceed smoothly. Note that this example is merely an example, and is not limited to the specific numerical values and modes listed here. For example, in this example, a preparation time is provided after closing the special winning opening during the round of special games. Although configured as described above, a preparation time may be provided before the special winning opening is opened during the execution of a special game round.

  Next, in step 2366, the distribution large prize opening control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the distribution round end standby flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2366, in step 2368, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 refers to the distribution round end timer 1174c and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2368, in other words, in the case where the above-described round end waiting time has expired, in step 2370, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the round number counter 1173 a (increment). To do. As a result of this processing, the counter value becomes an even number, and the processing of the next round (to be described later) (for example, the normal big prize opening control processing in S2600) is started. Next, in step 2372, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 turns off the distribution round end waiting flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and proceeds to step 2374. Note that if the result is No in step 2366 or step 2368, the process proceeds to step 2374.

  Next, in step 2374, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the allocation prize waiting flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2374, in step 2376, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 refers to the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2376, in other words, in the case where the above-described allocation prize waiting time is over, in step 2378, the allocation big prize control means 1174 is in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Turn off the distribution winning awaiting flag. Next, at step 2380, the allocation large prize opening control means 1174 causes the specific area prize waiting timer 1174-1a to place the specific area prize waiting time (for example, the prize winning sensor in the distribution large prize winning opening 2220 within the prize valid period). This is the time to wait for the passed game ball to reach the specific area 2224. In this example, 700 ms) is set and started, and in step 2382, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 The specific area winning standby flag in the flag area of the game-related information temporary storage means 1197 is turned on, and the process proceeds to Step 2384. Here, in this example, the specific area winning waiting time (700 ms) is started at the end of the sorting winning award waiting time (1900 ms) set when the distribution large winning opening 2220 is closed. For example, the distribution large prize winning opening 2220 is closed after the distribution large prize winning opening is closed, which is the distribution winning prize waiting time (1900 ms) + specific area winning waiting time (700 ms). The same processing can be executed by setting it occasionally. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2374 or Step 2376, the process proceeds to Step 2384.

  Next, at step 2384, the allocation large prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the specific area winning waiting flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2384, in step 2386, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 refers to the specific area winning waiting timer 1174-1a and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2386, in other words, when the above-mentioned specific area winning waiting time has ended, in step 2388, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 is in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. The specific area winning awaiting flag in the area is turned off. Next, at step 2390, the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on the discharge confirmation permission flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in step 2354, step 2384, or step 2386, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 26 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process according to the subroutine of step 2400 in FIG. First, in step 2401, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the distribution control continuation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2401, in step 2402, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2402, in step 2403, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the specific area winning waiting flag is off. Determine.

  In the case of Yes in step 2403, in other words, when the allocation prize winning port 2220 is being opened or in the allocation prize waiting time, in step 2405, the allocation prize winning control unit 1174 is assigned to the allocation prize detection device. It is determined whether or not 2221 (a large allocation winning entrance entrance sensor) has detected a new entry. In the case of Yes in step 2405, in step 2406, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the allocation prize winning number counter 1174e. Next, at step 2407, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side, and proceeds to step 2408. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2405, the processing proceeds to step 2408 without executing the processing of step 2406 and step 2407.

  Next, in step 2408, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the specific area entry detection device 2224-1 (specific area winning sensor) has detected a new entry. In the case of Yes in step 2408, in step 2410, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the counter value of the allocation prize winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. In the case of Yes in Step 2410, in Step 2411, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the entry into the specific area 2224 is the first entry in the special game being executed. In the case of Yes in step 2411, in step 2412, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 performs sub-main control on a specific area entry effect execution command for displaying that a game ball has entered the specific area 2224. Set to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side. Next, in step 2413, the allocation large prize opening control unit 1174 turns on the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195, and proceeds to step 2416. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2411, in other words, if it is not the first entry in the special game being executed, the processing proceeds to Step 2416 without executing the processing of Step 2412 and Step 2413. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2410, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, when the counter value of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e is equal to or less than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (for example, detection of entry) In the case where a game ball that has not been entered enters a specific area), in step 2414, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 sends an error notification command for displaying that an error has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, in step 2415, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 sends a fraud detection command for notifying the game hall staff that fraud has been detected to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the hall computer H. Set and go to step 2416. Next, in step 2416, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2417. In the case of No in step 2408, the process proceeds to step 2417.

  Next, in step 2417, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharge ball detecting device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) detects a new ball (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2417, in step 2418, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (increment), and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2417, the process returns to the calling source of this subroutine without executing the processing of step 2418. Also in the case of No in step 2401, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Here, in this example, when a game ball enters the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) or the specific region entrance detection device 2224-1 (specific region winning sensor), the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174 f 1 is added (incremented). In other words, since the specific area winning sensor also serves as the discharge sensor, the number of sensors required for the discharge confirmation can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced. Furthermore, the distance between the winning sensor and the discharging sensor can be shortened compared to the case where the discharging sensor is provided at the end of the specific area winning sensor, and the special game can be made smoother by shortening the waiting time for discharging the game ball. It can progress. In addition, this example is an example to the last, and it is not limited to this at all. For example, a game ball that has entered the distribution prize winning port 2220 may finally pass through one discharge sensor. .

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2403, in other words, if it is during the specific area effective period after the end of the allocation prize waiting time (waiting for the specific area winning a prize, 700 ms), in step 2419, the large allocation prize opening control means. In 1174, it is determined whether or not the specific area entry detection device 2224-1 (specific area winning sensor) detects a new entry. In the case of Yes in step 2419, in step 2420, the distribution large prize opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the counter value of the distribution prize winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. In the case of Yes in Step 2420, in Step 2421, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the entry to the specific area 2224 is the first entry in the special game being executed. In the case of Yes in step 2421, in step 2422, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 performs a sub-main control on a specific area entry effect execution command for displaying that a game ball has entered the specific area 2224. Set to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side. Next, in step 2423, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and proceeds to step 2426. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2421, in other words, if it is not the first entry in the special game being executed, the processing proceeds to Step 2426 without executing the processing of Step 2422 and Step 2423. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2420, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, when the counter value of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e is equal to or less than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (for example, detection of the entry) In the case where a game ball that has not been entered enters a specific area), in step 2424, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 sends an error notification command for displaying that an error has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, at step 2425, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 sends a fraud detection command for notifying the game hall staff that fraud has been detected to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the hall computer H. Set and go to step 2426. Next, at step 2426, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2427. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2419, the process proceeds to Step 2427.

  Next, in step 2427, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharge ball detecting device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) detects a new ball (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2427, in step 2428, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2427, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine without executing the process of step 2428.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2402, in other words, in the case of an abnormal discharge ball, in step 2429, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 is the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 (specific area award sensor). Determines whether or not a new ball has been detected. In the case of Yes in step 2429, in step 2430, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the counter value of the allocation prize winning number counter 1174e is larger than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f. If Yes in step 2430, the process proceeds to step 2433. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2430, in other words, when entering the specific area 2224, when the counter value of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e is equal to or less than the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (for example, entry detection) In the case where a game ball that has not been entered enters a specific area), in step 2431, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 sends an error notification command for displaying that an error has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission. Next, in step 2432, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 sends a fraud detection command for notifying the game hall staff that fraud has been detected to the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the hall computer H. Set and go to step 2433. Next, at step 2433, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter 1174f, and proceeds to step 2434. In the case of No in step 2429, the process proceeds to step 2434.

  Next, in step 2434, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 (discharge sensor) detects a new ball (discharge). In the case of Yes in step 2434, in step 2435, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2434, the process returns to the calling source of this subroutine without executing the processing of step 2435.

  Next, FIG. 27 is a flowchart of discharge ball abnormality detection processing according to the subroutine of step 2450 in FIG. First, in step 2452, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the discharge confirmation permission flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2452, in step 2454, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 has the same counter value of the distribution prize counter 1174e and the counter value of the discharge counter 1174f (all winning game balls are normal). Is discharged). In the case of Yes in step 2454, in step 2456 and step 2458, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 determines that there is no discharge ball abnormality, and the discharge is in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197. Turn off the confirmation permission flag and the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, at step 2460, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 turns on the normal discharge completion flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2454, in step 2462, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred, and is in the flag area of the distributed game related information temporary storage means 1197. , Turn on the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, at step 2464, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 sends a command for sending a discharge ball abnormality command for notifying that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. Set in the trust buffer 1301 and return to the caller of this subroutine. Even in the case of No in step 2452, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 28 is a flowchart of the shielding member drive control process according to the subroutine of step 2500 in FIG. First, in step 2502, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the shielding member driving control flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2502, in step 2503, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the normal discharge completion flag is off. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2503, the process proceeds to step 2504, and processing for driving the shielding member 2224a is executed. In the case of No in step 2503, the processing of step 2526 and step 2528 is executed, and the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated.

  Next, in step 2504, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the distribution round timer 1174a, and determines whether or not the timer value is within a predetermined period A (for example, 0 ≦ A <52 ms). Determine. In the case of Yes in step 2504, in step 2506, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2504, in step 2508, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period B (for example, 52 ≦ B <2652ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2508, in step 2510, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 closes the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2508, in step 2512, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period C (for example, 2652 ≦ C <34052ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2512, in step 2514, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2512, in step 2516, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period D (for example, 34052 ≦ D <36052ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2516, in step 2518, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 closes the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2516, in step 2520, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is within a predetermined period E (for example, 36052 ≦ D <36104ms). It is determined whether it is a value. In the case of Yes in step 2520, in step 2524, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a and returns to the calling source of this subroutine.

  Here, the processing of S2520 and S2524 will be described. In this example, as shown in FIG. 28, the shielding member 2224a opens and closes based on a fixed drive pattern regardless of the opening and closing mode of the allocation prize winning port 2220 (by adopting such a configuration, the program capacity Can be reduced). Even when the shielding member 2224a is being driven, when the game ball is normally discharged, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated. Here, in this embodiment, the longest time for which the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated without causing the discharge ball abnormality is the time when the open mode of the long open A is selected as the open pattern of the sorting large winning opening 2220. {Specifically, a period (in this example, the opening time (31145 ms in this example) + the allocation prize waiting time (in this example, 1900 ms) + the specific area prize waiting time (in this example, 700 ms)) 34052 ms)}. As can be seen from this, the process after the end of the predetermined period C (Yes in S2512) (the process of S2516 to S2524) is a process that is executed only when an abnormal discharge ball occurs. That is, when an abnormal discharge ball occurs due to the game ball being held inside, such as when a game ball is caught in the shielding member 2224a, the blocking of the internal game ball is canceled by driving (opening) the shielding member 2224a. The shielding member 2224a is driven to the open state with the intention of making it. In addition, this example is an example to the last, and it is not limited to this at all, For example, you may comprise so that opening and closing of the shielding member 2224a may be repeated until discharge ball | bowl abnormality is eliminated.

  Here, as described above, the shielding member 2224a opens and closes based on a certain driving pattern regardless of the opening and closing mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220. At this time, in the case of (1) short opening, the ball does not enter the specific area 2224 (that is, as a result of entering the specific area 2224 despite the short opening of the allocation large winning opening 2220, (Avoidance of possible occurrence of a transition to the probability-variable gaming state after the end of the special game), and (2) entering the specific area 2224 when the long game is released (that is, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is long open) In spite of the fact that it does not enter the specific area 2224, it is preferable to adopt a driving pattern such as avoiding a situation in which the transition to the probability variation gaming state may not occur after the special game ends. In this example, as described above, as shown in the opening / closing timing comparison image of FIG. 23, first, the shielding member 2224a is opened simultaneously with the distribution large winning opening 2220. Then, the predetermined period A is set to end before the game ball that has entered immediately after the allocation big prize opening 2220 opens reaches the specific area 2224 (from the distribution big prize opening 2220 to the specific area). Set based on flow-down time up to 2224). For example, the predetermined period A is set to a value less than or less than {one game ball launch time (game ball launch interval)}. By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent the entry into the specific area 2224 when the above-mentioned (1), that is, the large allocation winning opening 2220 is short-opened (+ first open at long open A). Can do. Next, in the predetermined period B (or predetermined period A + predetermined period B), the predetermined number that is the end condition of the round is before the winning detection is detected (that is, the number is detected by the distribution winning detection device 2221). For example) (before the number is detected by the discharge ball detection device 2224-2), for example, (predetermined number ×× It is set to a value less than or less than the shooting speed per game ball. With this configuration, a predetermined number of balls (10 in this example) are entered into the large allocation winning opening 2220 before reaching the predetermined period C in which the shielding member 2224a is opened again during the long opening B. As a result, it is possible to secure the entry into the specific area 2224 in the subsequent predetermined period C, that is, the above-mentioned (2), that is, the entry into the specific area 2224 at the time of long release is ensured. it can. In addition, if the predetermined period B is too short, a game ball that has entered at the time of short opening will enter the specific area 2224 within the predetermined period C that is subsequently executed. Therefore, it is desirable that the predetermined period B is longer than the time required for the game ball that has entered the large allocation winning opening 2220 during the predetermined period A to pass through the shielding member 2224a. More specifically, the predetermined period B (or the predetermined period A + B) is set to a value exceeding or more than {the launch time of one game ball (game ball launch interval)}. In this example, as the opening and closing timing, the predetermined period A is the opening period of the shielding member 2224a, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the period may be a closing period. In this case, it is possible to further avoid a situation in which the game ball won at the time of short opening passes through the specific area 2224.

  Returning to FIG. 28 again, in the case of No in step 2520, in other words, when all the driving patterns of the shielding member 2224a have been executed, in step 2526, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 has the shielding member 2224a. Close. Next, in step 2528, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 turns off the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocated game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. To do. Even in the case of No in step 2502, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 29 is a flowchart of distribution round control end processing according to the subroutine of step 2550 in FIG. First, at step 2552, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the normal discharge completion flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2552, in steps 2554 to 2556, the allocation big prize control means 1174 sets the normal discharge completion flag and the standby waiting flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Turn off. Next, at step 2558, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 stops and resets the allocation round timer 1174a. Next, at step 2560, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns off the distribution control continuing flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. To do. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2552, the processing returns to the calling source of this subroutine without executing the processing of step 2554 to step 2560.

  Next, FIG. 30 is a flowchart of the normal special winning opening control process according to the subroutine of step 2600 in FIG. First, in step 2602, the normal winning opening control means 1175 refers to the round number counter 1173 a and determines whether or not the counter value is an even number. In the case of Yes in step 2602, in step 2604, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal control continuation flag is on. . If Yes in step 2604, the process proceeds to step 2650. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2604, in step 2606, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal control continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2608, the normal big prize opening control means 1175 sets the opening mode of the normal big prize opening 2120 with reference to the open / close mode determination table 1172 b (see FIG. 23) based on the big hit symbol and the round number counter value. To do. In this embodiment, there are only two types of opening modes that can be normally selected for the big prize opening 2120: long opening B and short opening. However, the opening mode is not limited to this, and any opening time or opening pattern can be selected. There is no problem even if you choose.

  Next, in step 2610, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 resets (zero clears) the counter value of the normal winning number counter 1175d. Next, in step 2612, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 starts the normal round timer 1175a, and proceeds to step 2650. Steps 2602 to 2612 are initial processing stages, and initial processing at the time of round execution related to opening and closing of the special prize winning opening 2120 in the special game is performed in this processing.

  Next, in step 2650, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 executes a normal special prize opening opening / closing control process to be described later, and proceeds to step 2700. In the case of No in step 2602, the process proceeds to step 2700. Next, in step 2700, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal preparation time control process to be described later. Next, in step 2750, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal winning control process described later. Next, in step 2800, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 executes a normal round control end process which will be described later, and returns to the calling source of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 31 is a flowchart of a normal special prize opening / closing control process according to the subroutine of step 2650 in FIG. First, at step 2652, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 and determines whether or not the normal special prize opening release end flag is OFF. In the case of Yes in step 2652, in step 2654, the normal big prize opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal big prize opening release in-control flag is on. Determine. If Yes in step 2654, the process proceeds to step 2660. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2654, in step 2656, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal special winning opening opening control flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. To do. Next, in step 2658, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 starts to open and close the normal special prize opening 2120 based on the set release mode, and proceeds to step 2660.

  Next, in step 2660, the normal winning prize control means 1175 refers to the normal winning number counter 1175d, and a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have been won in the normal winning prize port 2120 in the running round. It is determined whether or not there was. If Yes in step 2660, the process proceeds to step 2664. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2660, in step 2662, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 refers to the normal round timer 1175a, determines whether or not the period for opening the normal special prize opening 2120 has ended, and this step If Yes, the process proceeds to step 2664. In this embodiment, the opening time of the regular prize winning opening 2120 is 29000 ms when the open / close mode is long open B, and 52 ms when the open / close mode is short open, but there is no problem even if it is changed.

  Next, in step 2664, the normal special prize opening control unit 1175 closes the normal special prize opening 2120. Next, in Step 2666, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal special winning opening opening control flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2668, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 turns on the normal special prize opening release end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. . Note that if the answer is No in step 2652 or step 2662, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 32 is a flowchart of the normal preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2700 in FIG. First, in step 2702, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning stand-by flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2702, in step 2704, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal big prize opening release end flag is on. judge. In the case of Yes in step 2704, in step 2706, the normal big prize opening control means 1175 turns off the normal big prize opening release end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2708, the normal prize winning opening control means 1175 receives the normal prize waiting time (for example, after closing the normal prize winning opening 2120 in the normal prize waiting timer 1175b, and the game balls existing therein receive the prize). This is the time to wait for detection by the sensor. In this example, 1900 ms) is set and started. Next, in step 2710, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal winning stand-by flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2712, the normal prize winning control means 1175 causes the normal round end timer 1175 c to wait for the round end waiting time (for example, the excitation of the solenoid that drives the normal big prize winning opening 2120 is actually stopped, and then the normal big prize winning is actually performed. It is the total time of the closing time for waiting for the mouth 2120 to be closed and the preparation time for preparing the start of the next round, in this example 140 ms + 60 ms (200 ms). Next, in step 2714, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal round end waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and proceeds to step 2716. Note that if the result is No in step 2702, the process proceeds to step 2716.

  Next, in step 2716, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal round end waiting flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2716, in step 2718, the normal big opening control means 1175 refers to the normal round end timer 1175c and determines whether or not the timer value is 0, in other words, whether or not the round end waiting time has ended. Determine whether. In the case of Yes in step 2718, in step 2720, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2720, in step 2722, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 adds 1 to the round number counter 1173 a (increment). In this process, the round counter value is changed from an even number to an odd number, and a round related to the opening / closing of the large prize winning opening 2220 is executed. Next, in step 2724, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal round end waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2726, the normal special prize opening control means 1175 turns on the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and proceeds to step 2728. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2716, Step 2718, or Step 2720, the process proceeds to Step 2728.

  Next, in Step 2728, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning standby flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2728, in step 2730, the normal big opening control means 1175 refers to the normal winning stand-by timer 1175b and determines whether or not the timer value is 0, in other words, whether the normal winning stand-by time has ended. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 2730, in step 2732, the normal special winning opening control unit 1175 turns off the normal winning stand-by flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. Next, in step 2734, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns on the normal winning standby time end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in Step 2704, Step 2728, or Step 2730, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 33 is a flowchart of the normal winning control process according to the subroutine of step 2750 in FIG. First, in step 2752, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal control continuation flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2752, in step 2756, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning standby time end flag is off. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2756, in step 2758, the normal special prize opening control unit 1175 determines whether or not the normal winning detection device 2121 (normal special prize entry ball sensor) has detected the entry of a new game ball. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2758, in step 2760, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 adds 1 to the counter value of the normal winning number counter 1175d. Next, in step 2762, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000 (transmitted to the prize ball payout control board 3000 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200). Return to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in step 2752, step 2756, or step 2758, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 34 is a flowchart of normal round control end processing according to the subroutine of step 2800 in FIG. First, in step 2802, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 determines whether or not the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194 is ON. In the case of Yes in step 2802, in step 2804, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and determines whether or not the normal winning standby time end flag is on. To do. In the case of Yes in step 2804, in step 2806, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal round end waiting completion flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in Step 2808, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 turns off the normal winning standby time end flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2810, the normal special winning opening control means 1175 stops and resets the normal round timer 1175a. Next, in step 2812, the special game execution control means 1173 turns off the normal control continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in steps 2802 and 2804, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 35 is a flowchart of the special game end control process according to the subroutine of step 2900 in FIG. First, in step 2902, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and determines whether or not the end demo execution flag is on. If Yes in step 2902, the process proceeds to step 2912. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2902, in step 2904, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the normal round end timer 1175c and determines whether or not the round end waiting time (200 ms in this example) in the last round has ended. Determine. In the present embodiment, the final rounds of special games are all the 16th R, but the present invention is not limited to this, and there is no problem even if the final rounds are different depending on the main game symbol that is a big hit.

  In the case of Yes in step 2904, in step 2906, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the end demo execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. Next, in step 2907, the special game execution control means 1173 sets an end demonstration display execution command to the sub side (transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Next, in step 2908, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the end demo execution timer 1173b to an end demo execution time (for example, 3000 ms) and starts it, and proceeds to step 2912.

  Next, in step 2912, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the end demonstration execution timer 1173b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 2912, in step 2914, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2914, in step 2916, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and determines whether or not the end demo extension flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2916, in step 2918, the special game execution control means 1173 sets an end demonstration display completion command to the sub side (transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Do). Next, in step 2920, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the end demonstration execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194. Next, in step 2922, the special game execution control means 1173 turns off the special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2924, the special game execution control means 1173 turns off the condition device operation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194. Next, in step 2950, the special game execution control means 1173 executes a game state determination process after the end of the special game, which will be described later, and returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2914, in step 2930, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194 and determines whether or not the end demo extension flag is off. . In the case of Yes in step 2930, in step 2932, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the end demo extension flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194 and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2930, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine. If NO in step 2916, in step 2928, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the end demo extension flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and calls this subroutine. Return to. Note that if the answer is No in step 2904 or step 2912, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  As described above, in this process, when the abnormality of the discharged ball is detected, the end demonstration extension flag is turned on, and the special game end demonstration display is extended until the abnormality of the discharged ball is resolved. Furthermore, when the abnormality of the discharged ball is resolved, the process of step 2918 to step 2950 is performed by performing the process of turning off the end demo extension flag in step 2928, and the abnormality of the discharged ball is resolved. It is configured to execute in the next interrupt processing.

  Next, FIG. 36 is a flowchart of the game state determination process after the end of the special game according to the subroutine of step 2950 in FIG. First, in step 2952, the specific game control unit 1180 refers to the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195, and determines whether or not the probability variation transfer reservation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2952, in step 2954, the specific game control means 1180 turns off the probability change transfer reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in Step 2955, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times (for example, 70 times) in the probability variation number counter 1181a. Next, in step 2956, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game probability change flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and proceeds to step 2958. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2952, the process proceeds to step 2958. As described above, in this embodiment, when a special game 2 is executed and a specific area 2224 is entered, after the special game ends, the probability variation gaming state (probability variation with a limited number of times). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be configured to shift to a probability-variable gaming state that continues until the next jackpot occurs. Further, when the number of continuous transitions to the probability variation gaming state reaches a predetermined number, it may be configured to forcibly transition to the non-probability variation gaming state after the end of the special game after reaching the predetermined number of times.

  Next, in step 2958, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times (for example, 70 times) in the hourly number counter 1181b. Next, in step 2960, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in step 2962, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the auxiliary game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. As described above, in this embodiment, regardless of whether or not a specific area 2224 is entered during execution of a special game, the game is always shifted to a time-reduced game state with a limited number of times after the special game ends. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and there is no entry into the specific area 2224 during execution of the special game (in other words, after the special game is over, the game does not enter the probability variation game state). ) May be configured not to shift to the time-saving gaming state. In addition, regardless of whether or not transition to the probabilistic variation gaming state, the limited number of time-saving gaming state (main game symbol variation number) is determined (variable) based on the jackpot symbol and gaming state May be.

  Next, control processing executed on the sub-main control unit 2320 side will be described with reference to FIGS. First, FIG. 37 is a main flowchart on the sub control board 2000 side (particularly on the sub main control unit 2320 side) in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. Here, the process of FIG. 5A is a process on the sub-board side that is executed after resetting when the gaming machine is powered on. That is, when the power to the gaming machine is turned on, the process proceeds to a loop process that repeatedly executes step 6000 which is a repetitive process routine of the sub main control unit 2320. Here, when step 6000 is executed, as shown in the process of FIG. 6B, first, in step 6002, the effect display control means 2320 sends an error notification command and a discharge ball abnormality command from the main side. If received, error notification is executed until the error is recovered. Next, in step 6100, the effect display control means 2320 executes a hold information management process described later. Next, in step 6200, the effect display control means 2320 executes a decoration symbol display content determination process described later. Next, in step 6300, the effect display control means 2320 executes a decorative symbol display control process described later. Next, in step 6400, the effect display control means 2320 executes a special game display control process to be described later. Next, in step 6700, the effect display control means 2320 executes a display command transmission control process (transmits the command set in each process described above to the sub-sub control unit side), and ends the repetition process routine.

  As described above, the sub-main control unit adopts a form in which the sub-main routine (S6000 to S6700) is loop-processed after reset. Also, the process of FIG. 5C is an interrupt process of the sub main control unit 2320, and the signal from the STB signal line of the main control device 1000 described above is a terminal of the CPU of the sub main control unit 2320 (in this example). , NMI terminal) is a processing flow (step 5700). That is, when an NMI interrupt occurs in the CPU of the sub-main control unit 2320 (when the STB signal line is turned on), in step 5800, the sub-main control unit 2320 causes the command input port (from the main controller 1000 side) Check the data signal line input port). In step 5900, based on the confirmation result, the sub main control unit 2320 is transmitted from the main control device 1000 side to the RAM on the sub main control unit 2320 side (main side information temporary storage unit 2321a in this example). The command is temporarily stored, and the process that was being executed immediately before this interrupt process is restored.

  Next, FIG. 38 is a flowchart of the hold information management process according to the subroutine of step 6100 in FIG. First, in step 6102, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, and receives a new hold occurrence command (first main game symbol or second main game symbol) from the main controller 1000 side. It is determined whether or not the hold information relating to (1) has been received. In the case of Yes in step 6102, in step 6104, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 displays a drawing hold counter in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323 a (in this example, a maximum of four for the first main game, Add “1” to the maximum number of second main games. Next, in step 6106, the drawing hold information display control unit 2323 displays the hold information (particularly, a random value related to the main game symbol lottery) based on the hold occurrence command transmitted from the main controller 1000 side. The information is temporarily stored in the hold information temporary storage unit 2323a, and the process proceeds to Step 6116. On the other hand, if No in step 6102, has the drawing hold information display control means 2323 received the symbol variation display start instruction command from the main controller 1000 side with reference to the main information temporary storage means 2321 a in step 6108? Determine whether or not. If Yes in step 6108, in step 6110, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 subtracts “1” from the drawing hold counter in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a. Next, in step 6112, the drawing hold information display control unit 2323 deletes the holding information related to the symbol variation from the drawing holding information temporary storage unit 2323a and shifts the remaining holding information. Next, in step 6114, the effect display control means 2320 accesses the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage means 2322c, turns on the symbol content determination permission flag, and proceeds to step 6116. Next, in step 6116, the drawing hold information display control means 2323 makes full use of the sub-sub control unit 2310 (effect display means 2310) on the effect display device 2140 (in particular, the first hold display unit 2312a and the second hold display). In the unit 2312b), the same number of hold display lamps as the drawing hold counter value in the drawing hold information temporary storage means 2323a are lit up and returned to the caller of this subroutine. In the case of No in step 6108, the process proceeds to step 6116.

  Next, FIG. 39 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display content determination process according to the subroutine of step 6200 in FIG. First, in step 6202, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a refers to the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c and determines whether or not the symbol content determination permission flag is on. If Yes in step 6202, in step 6204, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a turns off the symbol content determination permission flag in the flag area of the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, in step 6206, the figure display content determination means 2322a determines the symbol information temporarily stored in the main-side information temporary storage means 2321a (stopped symbols / variation modes related to the main game symbol) and the figure change content determination. With reference to the lottery table 2322a-1, the stop symbol and the variation mode of the decorative symbol are determined and temporarily stored in the equipment display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Here, the stop symbol of the decorative symbol is a big hit (4A, 3A, 5A, 7A, 5B, 7B, 9B in this example). It will not be.

  Next, in step 6208, the drawing display content determination unit 2322a turns on the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Even in the case of No in step 6202, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 40 is a flowchart of the decorative symbol display control process according to the subroutine of step 6300 in FIG. First, in step 6302, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 determines whether or not the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c is on. In the case of Yes in step 6302, in step 6304, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 turns off the symbol content determination flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, in step 6306, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 turns on the symbol changing flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Next, in step 6309, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 starts the drawing variation time management timer 2322d, and proceeds to step 6310. Note that the process moves to step 6310 also in the case of No in step 6302.

  Next, in step 6310, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 determines whether or not the symbol changing flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c is on. In the case of Yes in step 6310, in step 6312, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 changes the decorative symbol based on the variation mode temporarily stored in the drawing variation time management timer 2322d and the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. It is determined whether or not the start timing has been reached. If YES in step 6312, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol variation display command in step 6314, and the process proceeds to step 6330. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6312, in step 6316, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 is based on the variation pattern temporarily stored in the drawing variation time management timer 2322d and the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. It is determined whether or not the stop display timing (temporary stop display timing) has been reached. In the case of Yes in step 6316, in step 6318, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol stop display command (temporary stop display command), and proceeds to step 6330. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6316, in step 6320, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 displays the preview image based on the variation mode temporarily stored in the drawing variation time management timer 2322d and the drawing display related information temporary storage unit 2322c. Whether or not the display timing of the reach image has been reached. If Yes in step 6320, the decorative symbol display control unit 2322 sets an image display command related to the notice image or reach image in step 6322, and the process proceeds to step 6330. In the case of No in step 6320, the process proceeds to step 6330.

  Next, in step 6330, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 determines whether or not the main game symbol is stopped and displayed (for example, referring to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a, the main control device 1000 side starts the main game. It is determined whether or not information indicating that the symbol is stopped and displayed has been received). In the case of Yes in step 6330, in step 6332, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 sets a decorative symbol stop display command (determined display command). Next, in step 6334, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 stops and resets (zero clears) the drawing variation time management timer 2322d. Next, in step 6340, the decorative symbol display control means 2322 turns off the symbol changing flag in the drawing display related information temporary storage means 2322c and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in Step 6310 or Step 6330, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 41 is a flowchart of the display control process during special game according to the subroutine of step 6400 in FIG. First, in step 6402, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and determines whether or not the special gaming flag is off. In the case of Yes in Step 6402, in Step 6404, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a special game start display instruction command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6404, in step 6406 and step 6408, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the special gaming flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and issues a command related to the big hit start display. Set (appropriate display is performed based on the type of jackpot on the effect display device 2140), and the process proceeds to step 6500. Note that the process moves to step 6500 also in the case of No in step 6402 or step 6404.

  Next, in step 6500, the effect display control means 2320 executes a special game effect executing process described later. Next, in step 6600, the effect display control means 2320 executes a special game end effect execution process described later, and returns to the calling source of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 42 is a flowchart of the special game effect execution process according to the subroutine of step 6500 in FIG. First, in step 6502, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and determines whether or not the initial background image determined flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 6502, in step 6504, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a long release confirmation command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in Step 6504, in Step 6506, the effect display control means 2320 displays the high profit non-notification image as the background image during special gaming (the gaming state after the special game being executed becomes the probability variation gaming state or the probability variation. Whether or not the game state is likely to occur is set as a background image that the player cannot recognize or difficult), and the process proceeds to step 6512. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 6504, in Step 6508, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the long release confirmed effect execution flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6510, the effect display control means 2320 is likely to become a high profit notified image as a background image during a special game (the game state after the special game being executed becomes a probability variation game state or a probability variation game state). The background image recognizable by the player is set), and the process proceeds to step 6512. Next, in step 6512, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the initial background image determined flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and proceeds to step 6514. Note that the process moves to step 6514 also in the case of No in step 6502.

  Next, in step 6514, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a high profit redisplay command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6514, in step 6516, the effect display control means 2320 determines that the game ball has already entered the specific area 2224, and sets the high profit notified image as the special game background image. Move to 6518. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 6514, the process proceeds to step 6518.

  Next, in step 6518, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and determines whether or not the long release confirmed effect execution flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 6518, in step 6520, the effect display control means 2320 sequentially displays the number of winning prizes on the effect display device 2140 based on the game information transmitted sequentially. Next, in step 6522, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a specific area winning effect execution command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6522, in step 6524, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324 and determines whether or not the specific area entry flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 6524, in step 6528, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the specific area entry flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6530, the effect display control means 2320 gives a specific area entry effect (effect that informs the player that a game ball has entered the specific area) on the effect display device 2140 for a predetermined time (for example, (3 seconds) After execution, the high profit notified image is set as the background image during special game, and the process proceeds to Step 6538. Note that the process moves to step 6538 also in the case of No in step 6522 or step 6524.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6518, in step 6532, the effect display control means 2320 sequentially displays the number of winnings and the number of rounds on the effect display device 2140 based on the sequentially transmitted game information. Next, in step 6534, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not a specific area winning effect execution command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6534, the effect display control means 2320 turns on the specific area entry flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and proceeds to step 6538. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 6534, the process proceeds to step 6538.

  Next, in Step 6538, the effect display control means 2320 displays the currently set special game background image on the effect display device 2140, and returns to the calling source of this subroutine.

  Note that the processing from step 6520 to step 6530 in the same figure is processing for special effects during special games related to long open unconfirmed symbols (in this example, big hit symbols other than 7A and 7B). In this process, a high profit is obtained as a special game background image at the start of a special game so that the player cannot recognize whether or not an open mode in which the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game. An unreported image is set, and when an open mode in which the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game, a specific area winning effect is executed by entering a game ball into the specific area 2224. At the same time, it is configured to set the high profit notified image as the background image during special game. On the other hand, the processing of Steps 6532 to 6536 is processing of special effects during special games at the time of a special game related to the long release confirmed symbols (in this example, 7A and 7B jackpot symbols). In this process, in order to make it possible for the player to recognize that an open mode in which the distribution big prize opening 2220 is long open is executed during the special game, a high profit notification is provided as a special game background image at the start of the special game. A finished image is set. Note that, in the process related to the long release confirmed symbol, the player recognizes that an open mode in which the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long open during the special game is executed, and therefore the specific area winning effect is executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a specific area entry effect may be executed in any special game related to any jackpot symbol.

  Here, the upper right of the figure is a specific region winning effect image diagram. As described above, in the special game, the number of game balls entering the current big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening or the normal big prize opening) is sequentially displayed on the effect display device 2140. A high profit non-notification image is displayed. Next, when a game ball enters the specific area 2224 during the special game and receives a specific area winning effect execution command from the main side, an effect display is shown as shown in the second and third stages from the top in the same image diagram. The specific area winning effect is executed on the device 2140 for a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds). Thereafter, the high profit notified image is set and displayed as the background image during the special game. In addition, it is desirable that the specific area winning effect is executed so as not to overlap with the display of the number of game balls received at the winning a prize opening (the distribution winning prize opening or the normal winning award opening). Not. For example, the specific area winning effect is an effect using a light guide plate, and the display of the effect is executed in a transparent color. Even if the display of the number of entered game balls and the specific area winning effect are displayed overlapping each other, it may be configured such that all effects and displays can be visually recognized. In this example, when a power interruption occurs after execution of the specific area winning effect, a high profit redisplay command is received from the main side when returning from the power interruption, and the high profit notification image is displayed again. (I.e., by redisplaying the high profit notified image without redisplaying the specific area winning effect, it is possible to return the player without a sense of incongruity on the display. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the high profit informed image may be redisplayed after redisplaying the specific area winning effect.

  Next, FIG. 43 is a flowchart of special game end effect execution processing according to the subroutine of step 6600 in FIG. First, in step 6602, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main side information temporary storage means 2321a and determines whether or not an end demo display execution command has been received from the main side. In the case of Yes in step 6602, in step 6604, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and determines whether or not the specific area entry flag is on. In the case of Yes in Step 6604, in Step 6606, the effect display control means 2320 sets a command related to the probability change transition end demonstration display (performs the probability change transition end demonstration display on the effect display device 2140), and proceeds to Step 6610. . On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6604, in step 6608, the effect display control means 2320 sets a command related to the normal transition end demo display (performs the normal transition end demo display on the effect display device 2140), and the process proceeds to step 6610. Transition. Note that the process moves to step 6610 also in the case of No in step 6602. Here, the probability transition end demonstration display is a special game end demonstration display that informs the player that the game will shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end of the special game being executed, and the normal transition end demonstration display is It is a special game end demonstration display for notifying the player that the normal game state is to be transitioned to after the special game ends.

  Next, in step 6610, the effect display control means 2320 refers to the main-side information temporary storage means 2321a, and has received an end demo display completion command (a command for deleting the special game end demo display) from the main side. Determine. In the case of Yes in Step 6610, in Step 6612, the effect display control means 2320 deletes the displayed special game end demonstration display. Next, in step 6614, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the long release confirmed effect execution flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6616, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the specific area entry flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6618, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the initial background image determined flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324. Next, in step 6620, the effect display control means 2320 turns off the special gaming flag in the flag area of the effect general information temporary storage means 2324, and returns to the calling source of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 6610, the processing returns to the calling source of this subroutine without executing the processing of step 6612 to step 6620.

  Here, the lower right part of the figure is a special game end demonstration display image diagram. As described above, in the special game, the number of game balls entering the current big prize opening (the distribution big prize opening or the normal big prize opening) is sequentially displayed on the effect display device 2140. When the end demonstration display execution command is received from the main side, as shown in the lower part of the same image diagram, the on / off state of the specific area in-game flag is entered (the game ball has entered the specific area in the special game being executed) Depending on whether or not there is a special game end demonstration display on the effect display device 2140. In this example, when the specific region entry completed flag is on, as a special game end demonstration display, a display notifying that the game state after the end and the special game is a probability variation game state (for example, “Congratulations! And a display (for example, “GET2000!”) For notifying the game ball acquired by the player in the special game being executed. On the other hand, when the specific area entry flag is off, a special game end demo display is displayed as an indication that the game state after the end and special game is the normal game state (for example, “END...”). Display) and a display (for example, “GET400!”) For notifying the game ball acquired by the player in the special game being executed. Note that this display is merely an example, and any display can be performed without any problem.

≪Action≫
Next, the effect | action in this embodiment is demonstrated, referring FIGS. 44-49.

<Long open A>
In this example, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a certain special game” including a unit game of long open A. Specifically, the seventh to ninth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 3A symbol) will be described as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the seventh round of the special game, the distribution prize winning port 2220 operates in the order of “52 ms open / 2600 ms close / 28800 ms open / close” (long open), and the shielding member 2224a is , "52ms open, 2600ms closed, 31400ms open, 2000ms closed, 52ms open, closed (* If no discharge error is detected after 2600ms have passed since the distribution prize opening is closed, the operation is interrupted and closed)" Operate. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

(In the case of long open A / when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected)
Here, FIG. 44 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected in the case where the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open A.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (start timing of the seventh round of the special game), since the seventh round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a in the distribution large winning opening 2220 are opened. (52 ms open) is executed. In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (2600 ms closed) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. .

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are opened when 2600 ms have elapsed since the closing of the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a (the distribution large prize opening) 2220 is opened for 28800 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms).

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the allocation prize winning port 2220 is closed when 28800 ms has elapsed since the opening of the allocation prize winning port 2220. It should be noted that the simultaneous closing time of the distribution prize winning port 2220 and the normal prize winning port 2120 starts from this timing.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 8th round is triggered by the elapse of 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time) since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. At the same time, since the eighth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms open). Each round period is configured in the order of opening, closing, and preparation. Note that the period from the timing 4 to the actual timing (200 ms) in the figure is the simultaneous closing time of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the normal prize winning port 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the validity period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 ends with 1900 ms having elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. Note that the period from the timing 4 to the actual timing (1900 ms) in the figure is the game ball detection grace time from the closing of the special winning opening.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the validity period of the specific area 2224 ends when 2600 ms has passed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. Further, at this timing, since no abnormality of the discharged ball is detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated, and the discharged ball detection period is also terminated. Note that the period (700 ms) from the timing 6 to the present timing in the figure is the time from the end of the game ball detection time to the end of the discharge time.

  Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the normal prize opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal prize opening 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, the 8th round ends when 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has passed since the closing of the regular prize opening 2120 Then, the ninth round is started, and since the ninth round is an odd-numbered round, the sorting prize winning opening 2220 is opened (52 ms is opened). In addition, when the ninth round is started, the shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms open), and the effective period between the large prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started. .

  As shown in the lower left of the figure, the relationship between the game ball passage time between the switches (between the detection devices) and the effective time design value is as follows. Designed for a longer time than the maximum value of measured values (theoretical value) {measured value that took the most time when game balls flowed down between the switches (between detection devices)}. It is configured so that it can pass between switches (between detection devices).

  In addition, as described above, in this embodiment, the simultaneous closing time of the distribution winning prize opening 2220 and the normal winning opening 2120 is 200 ms, the game ball detection grace time after closing the winning prize opening is 1900 ms, and the game ball The time from the end of the detection time to the end of the discharge time is 700 ms, and the simultaneous closing time of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the normal large winning opening 2120 is configured to be the shortest. In this way, by making the simultaneous closing time of the allocation prize winning opening 2220 and the normal prize winning opening 2120 short, the game balls launched during the special game can be divided into the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the normal prize winning opening 2120. Thus, it is possible to minimize the fact that the player is discharged from the out port 142 without entering the ball, and the player's profit can be secured.

(Long open A / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 45 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is detected in the case where the open mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long open A.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (start timing of the seventh round of the special game), since the seventh round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a in the distribution large winning opening 2220 are opened. (52 ms open) is executed. In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (2600 ms closed) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. .

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are opened when 2600 ms have elapsed since the closing of the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a (the distribution large prize opening) 2220 is opened for 28800 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms).

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the allocation prize winning port 2220 is closed when 28800 ms has elapsed since the opening of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 8th round is triggered by the elapse of 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time) since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. At the same time, since the eighth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms open). Each round period is configured in the order of opening, closing, and preparation.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the validity period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 ends with 1900 ms having elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, when 31400 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shielding member 2224a, the shielding member 2224a is closed (2000 ms is closed) and the effective period of the specific region 2224 is ended. Further, at this timing, since the abnormality of the discharged ball is detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is continued, and the discharged ball detection period is also continued.

  Next, at timing 8 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened when there is a discharge ball abnormality and 2000 ms has elapsed since the shielding member 2224a was closed. Next, at timing 9 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is closed when there is a discharge ball abnormality and 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shielding member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing of 10 in the figure, the normal prize winning opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120. Note that the ninth round, which is the next round, is not started because the discharge ball abnormality has not been resolved at this timing.

  Next, at the timing of 11 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality has been eliminated, the discharge ball detection period ends, and a preparation time until the start of the next round of 4 ms (1 interrupt) is started. Next, at the timing of 12 in the figure, the 8th round is ended when 4 ms (1 interrupt) has elapsed since the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, the 9th round is started, and the 9th round is an odd round. For this reason, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened (52 ms open). In addition, when the ninth round is started, the shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms open), and the effective period between the large prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started. .

  As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment, the discharge ball abnormality occurs in a certain round (in this example, an odd number round) related to the opening and closing of the distribution big prize opening, and the normal big prize opening that is the next round If the discharge ball abnormality has not been resolved even after the round end waiting time (the time of closing time and preparation time) after the opening / closing operation of the round related to opening / closing of the ball has elapsed, the normal The round end waiting time of the round related to opening and closing of the big prize opening is configured to be extended. In addition, when the discharge ball abnormality is resolved in a situation where the round end waiting time of the round related to opening and closing of the normal prize winning opening is extended, a predetermined time (for example, one interruption) from the time when the discharge ball abnormality is resolved After the elapse of 4 ms), the next round (odd round) is configured to start, and after the discharge ball abnormality has been reliably resolved, the opening / closing control of the distribution prize winning in the next round is executed. Will be able to.

<In case of long open B>
In FIG. 46 and FIG. 47, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, description will be made by taking the ninth to tenth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 7A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the ninth round of the special game, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close” (long open B), and the shielding member 2224 a is “52 ms open / closed”. 2600 ms closed, 31400 ms open, 2000 ms closed, 52 ms open, closed (* If no discharge error is detected after 2600 ms have passed after closing the sorting prize opening, the operation is stopped and closed). Hereinafter, the description of the processing that is substantially the same as that in the case of the long opening A will be omitted, and differences will be described.

(In the case of long open B / when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected)
First, reference will be made to FIG. In the unit game of long open B, there is no operation to temporarily close the allocation big prize opening 2220 as compared to the unit game of long release A, so the time until the end of the operation of the distribution big prize opening 2220 is short ( (Long release A: 31 452 ms, Long release B: 29000 ms). Therefore, when the allocation prize winning port 2220 is opened to the longest, the timing of 7 in the figure for confirming the discharge ball abnormality when 2600 ms elapses from the end of the opening of the allocation prize winning port 2220 in 4 in the figure is the shielding member 2224a. If it is visited during the predetermined period C related to driving and no discharge ball abnormality is detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated.

(Long open B / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Reference is now made to FIG. In the unit game of long open B, when a discharge ball abnormality is detected at the timing of 7 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a continues a fixed drive pattern until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. Here, in the same figure, the case where the discharge ball abnormality continues at the timing of 11 in the figure when the opening operation of the regular prize winning opening 2120 in the tenth round is completed is illustrated. In this way, when the discharge ball abnormality that occurred in the ninth round of opening of the distribution big prize opening 2220 continues even after the opening operation of the normal big prize opening 2120 in the tenth round has ended, the tenth round The opening time and / or the preparation time in is extended until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved, and the eleventh round is not started. Thereafter, the discharge ball detection period ends at the timing of 12 in the figure when the discharge ball abnormality is resolved, and the eleventh round is started at the timing of 13 in the figure when the next timer interruption process is executed.

<In case of short opening>
In FIG. 48 and FIG. 49, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a short-open unit game. Specifically, a description will be given by taking the seventh to eighth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 4A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the seventh round of the special game, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “52 ms open / close” (short open), and the shielding member 2224a is “52 ms open / 2600 ms”. Closed, 31400 ms open, 2000 ms closed, 52 ms open, closed (* If no discharge error is detected after 2600 ms have passed since the distribution prize opening is closed, the operation is stopped and closed). Hereinafter, the description of the processing that is substantially the same as the case of the long opening A and the long opening B will be omitted, and differences will be described.

(In case of short open / in case of abnormal detection of discharged ball)
First, FIG. 48 will be referred to. In the short-open unit game, the opening operation of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is completed at the timing 2 in the figure, and the discharge ball abnormality is confirmed at the timing 5 in the figure that is 2600 ms later. Here, when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is terminated simultaneously with the end of the predetermined period B, and the driving for the subsequent predetermined periods C, D, and E is not executed.

(In the case of short open / discharge ball abnormality detection)
Reference is now made to FIG. In the short-open unit game, when a discharge ball abnormality is detected at the timing 5 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is continuously driven for a predetermined period C · D · E until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. . In addition, when the opening operation of the regular prize winning opening 2120 in the eighth round is continued, the opening time and / or preparation time in the eighth round is extended to the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, Nine rounds will not start. Thereafter, when the driving operation of the shielding member 2224a continues at the timing of 7 in the figure when the discharge ball abnormality has been resolved, the drive operation is forcibly terminated and the discharge ball detection period ends, and the next timer interrupt processing is performed. The ninth round is started at the timing of 8 in the figure to be executed.

  In the present embodiment, the distribution prize winning opening and the normal prize winning opening are controlled independently of each other. The winning opening is configured to be executed, and the effect of facilitating smooth progress of the game is achieved.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, it is comprised so that the entrance of the game ball | bowl to a specific area | region may be detected in all the rounds which concern on opening / closing of the big prize winning opening in a special game. As a result, the same processing can be reused regardless of whether or not game balls have already entered the specific area, and the program capacity can be reduced.

  Further, in the present embodiment, various information commands (particularly, a high profit redisplay command) are transmitted to the sub side when returning from a power failure. As a result, even if a power failure occurs after a game ball enters a specific area during a special game, an effect similar to the effect performed before the power failure can be started. It is possible to prevent the production before and after the interruption from occurring and causing the production to lose the profit for the player.

  Further, in the present embodiment, during the special game, it is configured to open the distribution prize winning opening and the normal prize winning opening alternately, so the distribution prize winning opening is opened in a long open manner. The number of rounds that will give players a sense of expectation that they will be given the opportunity to transition to a probability-variable gaming state, and the design of the gaming machine, such as which rounds will open the big prize winning opening The variation of this can be increased, and the interest property of a game can be improved. In addition, it is not limited to this example and you may set arbitrarily which round is set as the round in which the opening aspect of a distribution big prize opening becomes long open. Further, in this embodiment, the round related to the opening / closing of the distribution winning award is an odd number round and the round related to the opening / closing of the normal winning award is an even number round. The rounds related to opening and closing may be odd-numbered rounds, the rounds related to opening and closing of the sorting prize winning opening may be even-numbered rounds, and the distribution winning prize opening and the regular winning prize opening may not be configured to be alternately opened ( The rounds related to the opening and closing of one big prize opening may be continuous).

  Further, in the present embodiment, in the round related to the opening and closing of the sorting prize winning opening, even after the opening of the sorting prize winning opening is completed, there is a period in which the shielding member is opened, Even if a game ball has entered just before the end of the opening of the allocation big prize opening, it can enter the specific area, so it is more reliable when the distribution big prize opening is opened in the long opening mode. Thus, it is possible to provide a user-friendly gaming machine that allows a game ball to enter a specific area.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, when the end demo time of the special game has elapsed, if it is during the discharge waiting time, the end demo will not end (the main game symbol variation cannot be started). Even when a discharge ball abnormality occurs in the final round of the special game, the period for executing the error notification can be secured.

(Modification 1 from this embodiment)
In the present embodiment, the discharge ball abnormality is eliminated when the power is turned off, but the method for eliminating the discharge ball abnormality is not limited to this. Therefore, such a configuration is referred to as a first modification from the present embodiment, and only changes from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 50 is a flowchart of the special game control process and the discharged ball abnormality recovery process in the first modification from the present embodiment. The change from this embodiment is about Step 2850 (Modification 1). That is, in the special game control process according to the subroutine of step 2100, after the execution of the normal prize winning opening control process of step 2700, the special game execution control means 1173 executes the discharged ball abnormality recovery process in step 2850 (modified 1). Then, the process proceeds to step 2900.

  Next, the discharged ball abnormality recovery process according to the subroutine of Step 2850 (Variant 1) will be described. First, in step 2852, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2852, in step 2854, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and determines whether or not the entrance confirmation flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 2854, in step 2856, the special game execution control means 1173 determines whether or not the distribution big prize entrance ball sensor (the distribution prize detection device 2221) has detected the entry of a new game ball. judge. In the case of Yes in step 2856, in step 2858, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the entrance confirmation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. . On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2856, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  In the case of No in step 2854, in step 2860, the special game execution control unit 1173 determines whether or not the discharge sensor (discharge ball detection device 2224-2) has detected a new game ball. In the case of Yes in step 2860, in step 2862, the special game execution control unit 1173 resets (zero clears) the distribution winning prize counter 1174e and the discharge number counter 1174f. In addition, this process will eliminate the discharge ball abnormality. Next, in step 2864, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the ball entry confirmation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. Note that if the answer is No in step 2852 or step 2860, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  By changing as described above, the pachinko gaming machine according to the first modified example from the present embodiment causes the game ball to enter the distribution large winning opening when the discharge ball is abnormal, and enters the distribution large winning opening. The sensor and the discharge sensor are configured to recover from the discharge ball abnormality by detecting the entry of the game ball. As a result, it is possible to recover from the discharge ball abnormality without interrupting the power supply (without interrupting the game) (the progress of the game is not hindered).

(Modification 2 from this embodiment)
In the present embodiment, the specific area valid period is constant regardless of the opening mode of the big prize opening, but is not limited thereto, and may be different depending on the opening mode of the big winning opening or other factors. May be. Therefore, such a configuration is referred to as a second modification from the present embodiment, and only the changes from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  The gaming machine according to the modified example 2 from the present embodiment includes a distribution opening period timer 1174g that measures the elapsed time from the start to the end of the distribution large winning opening 2220 during the special game round, There is a distribution closing time timer 1174h for measuring the elapsed time from the closing of the distribution large winning opening 2220 during the special game round to the end of the specific area valid period.

  Moreover, in the modified example 2 from this embodiment, there are two types of opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 in the special game: long opening A and short opening. B and other opening modes may be provided. Further, in the second modification from the present embodiment, the time values such as the opening time of the allocation big prize opening 2220 and the effective period of the distribution big prize opening 2220 in the special game are different from those of the present embodiment. It is an example, and it may be the same time value as in the present embodiment.

  First, FIG. 51 is a flowchart of the distribution large prize opening / closing control processing in the second modification from the present embodiment. First, the changes from the present embodiment are Step 3000 (Modification 2) and Step 2320 (Modification 2) to Step 2326 (Modification 2), the purpose of which is to change the timing at which the allocation prize winning opening 2220 is closed. The minute closing time timer 1174h is activated. That is, in the case of Yes in step 2304, that is, in the case where the distribution big prize opening release control in-progress flag is on, in step 3000 (variant 2), the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 determines the distribution large which will be described later. A winning opening / closing control process is executed, and the process proceeds to step 2310.

  In the case of Yes in step 2310, that is, when a predetermined number (10) of game balls have entered the distribution big prize opening 2220, in step 2320 (odd 2), the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 The distribution closing time timer operation flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 is turned on, and the process proceeds to Step 2326 (Modification 2). On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2310, in Step 2322 (Modification 2), the distribution big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and the distribution release period end flag is set. Determine whether it is on. In the case of Yes in Step 2322 (Modification 2), in Step 2324 (Modification 2), the distribution big prize control means 1174 determines the distribution release period end flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Is turned off, and the flow shifts to Step 2326 (Variant 2). On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2322 (change 2), the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, in Step 2326 (Variation 2), the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 stops and resets (zero clears) the allocation release period timer 1174g, and proceeds to Step 2314.

  Next, FIG. 52 is a flowchart of the allocation big prize opening opening / closing execution process in the modified example 2 from the present embodiment. First, at step 3002, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the distribution release period timer 1174g is operating. If Yes in step 3002, the process proceeds to step 3010. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3002, in step 3004, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 starts the allocation release period timer 1174g. Next, in step 3006, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 opens the allocation prize winning opening 2220. Next, in step 3008, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the specific area valid flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and the process proceeds to step 3010.

  Next, in step 3010, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the allocation release period timer 1174g and determines whether or not the timer value has reached a predetermined value A (40 ms in this example). . In the case of Yes in step 3010, in step 3012, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, and whether or not the opening mode of the allocation large winning opening 2220 is long open A. Determine. If Yes in step 3012, the process proceeds to step 3016. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3012, in other words, when the opening mode of the allocation big prize opening 2220 is short open, in step 3014, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 temporarily stores the allocation game related information. The distribution release period end flag in the flag area of the means 1197 is turned on, and the process proceeds to step 3016.

  Next, at step 3016, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 closes the allocation prize winning opening 2220. Next, in step 3018, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the timer action flag at the time of closing the distribution in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and makes a call to this subroutine. Return.

  Further, in the case of No in step 3010, in step 3020, the allocation big prize control means 1174 refers to the allocation release period timer 1174g, and the timer value has reached a predetermined value B (3040 ms in this example). It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 3020, in step 3022, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 opens the large allocation winning opening 2220. Next, in step 3024, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the specific area valid flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3020, in step 3026, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the allocation release period timer 1174g and the timer value has reached a predetermined value C (30840 ms in this example). It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 3026, in step 3028, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns on the timer operation flag at the time of closing the distribution in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, at step 3030, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the allocation release period end flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. To do. On the other hand. Even in the case of No in step 3026, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Here, as shown in the open / close timing image diagram in the lower part of the figure, in the modified example 2 from the present embodiment, there are two types of opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220: long open A and short open. Exists. The long opening A is “40 ms opening → 3000 ms closing → 27800 ms opening → closing”, and the short opening is “40 ms opening → closing”. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  Next, FIG. 53 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process in Modification 2 from the present embodiment. First, the changes from the present embodiment are Step 3100 (Modification 2) and Step 2392 (Modification 2), and the purpose thereof is to be configured to execute a specific area winning stand-by process described later. That is, after the distribution winning awaiting flag is turned on in step 2360 or when the discharging waiting flag is turned on in step 2352, in step 3100 (variation 2), a large allocation prize opening control means 1174 is provided. Executes a specific area winning stand-by process to be described later, and proceeds to step 2374. In addition, after the discharge confirmation permission flag is turned on in step 2390, in step 2392 (variant 2), the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the round number counter 1173a and calls this subroutine. It returns to the original state (the next round is started by executing the increment process).

  Next, FIG. 54 is a flowchart of the specific area winning awaiting process in the second modification from the present embodiment. First, in step 3102, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 and determines whether or not the timer operation flag at the time of distribution closing is on. In the case of Yes in Step 3102, in Step 3104, the large allocation winning prize control means 1174 sets the allocation closing time timer 1174 h to the specific area winning waiting time (2000 ms) and starts. Next, in step 3106, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 turns on a specific area winning waiting flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 turns off the timer operation flag at the time of closing the distribution in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and proceeds to Step 3110. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 3102, the process proceeds to step 3110.

  Next, at step 3110, the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and determines whether or not the specific area winning standby flag is ON. In the case of Yes in step 3110, in step 3112, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 refers to the distribution closing timer 1174 h and determines whether or not the timer value is 0. In the case of Yes in step 3112, in step 3114, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 turns off the specific area winning standby flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. Next, in step 3116, the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns off the specific area valid flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and returns to the caller of this subroutine. That is, after the timer operation flag at the time of distribution closing is turned on {after the distribution large prize winning opening 2220 is closed (temporarily closed during the same round)} for a predetermined time (for example, 2000 ms which is a specific area winning waiting time) After the elapse of time, the specific area valid flag is turned off (in conjunction with the processing described later, the game ball entering the specific area 2224 is invalidated). Note that if the answer is No in step 3110 or step 3112, the process returns to the caller of this subroutine.

  Next, FIG. 55 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process in the second modification from the present embodiment. First, the change from the present embodiment is Step 2420 (Variation 2), and its purpose is also when a ball entering the specific area 2224 is detected when the specific area valid flag is off. The probability variation reservation flag is not turned on. That is, in step 2411, if the pitch detected by the specific area winning sensor is the first pitch in the special game being executed, the special game execution control means 1173 in step 2420 (variant 2) With reference to the flag area of the related information temporary storage unit 1197, it is determined whether or not the specific area valid flag is on. In the case of Yes in Step 2420 (Modification 2), the processing of Step 2412 and Step 2413 is executed (the probability variation transition reservation flag is turned on and the probability variation gaming state is set after the special game), and the process proceeds to Step 2416. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 2420 (Modification 2), the processing proceeds to Step 2416 without executing the processing in Step 2412 and Step 2413.

(Long open A / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 56 is a timing diagram showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is detected when the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open A in the second modification from the present embodiment. It is a chart.

  In this example, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a certain special game” including a unit game of long open A. Specifically, a description will be given by taking the seventh to eighth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 3A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of the present example, in the seventh round of the special game, the large allocation winning opening 2220 operates (long open) in the order of “40 ms open / 3000 ms close / 27800 ms open / close”. Further, in this example, the operation pattern of the shielding member 2224a is always the same operation pattern (40 ms open / 3000 ms open / 29800 ms open / 2000 ms closed / 40 ms open / closed) regardless of the open mode of the distribution prize winning opening 2220. It has become. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (start timing of the seventh round of the special game), since the seventh round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a in the distribution large winning opening 2220 are opened. (40 ms open) is executed. In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, when the 40ms has passed since the opening of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the shielding member 2224a, the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (3000 ms closing). . Also, due to the close timing of the large allocation winning opening 2220, the distribution closing timer 1174h starts with a specific area winning waiting time (2000ms) set.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the specific area is effective because the timer value of the timer 1174h at the time of distribution closing becomes 0 (2000 ms has passed since the distribution winning prize opening 2220 was closed). The period ends.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, when 3000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a, the allocation large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are opened again, and the distribution The grand prize opening validity period and the specific area validity period are also valid.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 is closed when the maximum number of game balls (10 in this example) is won at the distribution large winning opening 2220. Also, due to the close timing of the large allocation winning opening 2220, the specific area winning standby time (2000 ms) is set in the distribution closing timer 1174h and started.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the specific area is effective because the timer value of the distribution closing timer 1174h becomes 0 (2000 ms has passed since the allocation prize winning port 2220 was closed). As the period ends, the effective period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 ends. In addition, a sufficient time (2000 ms) has passed to discharge the game ball that has entered the allocation prize winning port 2220 (detected by the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the exit ball detection device 2224-2). At this timing, it is confirmed whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball (the number of game balls detected by the distribution prize detection device 2221 and the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. (Determining whether or not the number of game balls is the same) is executed (in this example, a case where an abnormal discharge ball is detected is illustrated).

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is closed when 29800 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shielding member 2224a (according to a certain opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a).

  Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened at the timing of 2000 ms from the closing of the shielding member 2224a (according to a certain opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a). Next, at timing 9 in the figure, the shield member 2224a is closed when 40 ms elapses from the opening of the shield member 2224a (in accordance with a certain opening pattern of the shield member 2224a).

  Next, at the timing 10 in the figure, the discharged ball abnormality detected from the timing 6 in the figure has been resolved, so the discharged ball detection period ends, and 4 ms (1 interrupt) preparation time until the start of the next round Is started. Next, at the timing of 11 in the figure, the 7th round is finished with the fact that 4 ms (1 interrupt) has elapsed since the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, the 8th round is started, and the 8th round is an even number round. For this reason, the special prize opening 2120 is normally opened.

(In the case of short open / discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 57 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when an abnormal discharge ball is detected when the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is short open in the second modification from the present embodiment. is there.

  In this example, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in a “certain special game” including a short-open unit game. Specifically, a description will be given by taking the seventh to eighth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 4A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the seventh round of the special game, the large allocation winning opening 2220 operates (short-open) in the order of “40 ms open / close”. Hereinafter, the description of the processing that is substantially the same as that in the case of the long opening A will be omitted, and differences will be described.

  First, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed when 40 ms has passed since the opening of the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. Also, due to the close timing of the large allocation winning opening 2220, the specific area winning standby time (2000 ms) is set in the distribution closing timer 1174h and started.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the timer value of the timer 1174h at the time of closing the distribution has become 0 (2000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation winning prize opening 2220 has been closed). The validity period of the winning opening 2220 ends. In addition, a sufficient time (2000 ms) has passed to discharge the game ball that has entered the allocation prize winning port 2220 (detected by the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the exit ball detection device 2224-2). At this timing, it is confirmed whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball (the number of game balls detected by the distribution prize detection device 2221 and the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2. (Determining whether or not the number of game balls is the same) is executed (in this example, a case where an abnormal discharge ball is detected is illustrated).

  By changing as described above, the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modified example from the present embodiment has passed a predetermined time (in this example, 2000 ms) from the timing at which the distribution prize winning opening 2220 having the specific area 2224 is closed. The specific area is invalidated. With this configuration, in the case where the open mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is short open, the game ball is inserted when the large distribution winning opening 2220 related to the short opening is opened, and the ball is inserted. When the game ball is parked in the sorting prize winning opening by a fraudulent act (for example, a goto act using a magnet or a so-called thread fishing ball) and the shielding member 2224a is opened again, Even if the game ball enters the specific area 2224, the right to enter the probability-variable game state after the special game is granted because the entry to the specific area is invalid before the shielding member 2224a is opened. It is possible to prevent illegal acquisition.

  In addition, the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modified example from the present embodiment is configured to check whether or not there is an abnormality in the discharged ball at the timing when the specific area effective period related to the round being executed ends. Thus, it is possible to prevent the game ball from entering the specific area during the abnormal discharge ball and acquiring the right to shift to the probability-variable game state after the special game.

  In addition, the pachinko gaming machine according to the second modified example from the present embodiment is configured such that the specific area becomes invalid after a predetermined time (2000 ms in this example) from the timing when the distribution prize winning opening is closed. Even if a predetermined time elapses after the closing of the prize winning opening, the specific area may not be invalidated and the shielding member may be closed to prevent the game ball from entering the specific area.

  In the pachinko gaming machine according to the modified example 2 from the present embodiment, the game ball is in the specific area in a period during which the entry into the specific area is invalid (in a normal game, the game ball cannot enter). When the player has entered the ball, it may be configured to transmit to the outside (for example, a hall computer or the like) that there is an abnormal winning in the specific area. Also, in such a situation, it is clear that an error such as a clogged ball or an illegal act has occurred, so that a notice that an abnormal prize has been detected on the liquid crystal screen, electrical lamp, voice, etc. (It may be configured to send a signal to an external terminal board or a hall computer so as to notify the staff of the game hall of the abnormality). In that case, an error notification lamp may be provided in the vicinity of the first main game symbol display device 2130 (second main game symbol display device 2230), the round number display lamp (not shown) or the like. Also, depending on the importance of the error, the display period of the error display, the illumination lamp, and the error notification lamp are different (for example, the end timing of the notification period is different, for example, until the end of the special game or until the power interruption is restored) May be.

  In the pachinko gaming machine according to the modified example 2 from the present embodiment, even if the specific area is effective, the entry into the specific area (for reasons of structural design in the distribution prize winning port 2220) When a game ball enters a specific area during an unexpected period (for example, the first 40 ms specific area effective period in a round in which the allocation prize winning opening is short open), the effective period of the specific area Because it is in the middle, the right to transition to the probability-variable gaming state is acquired. It may be configured to be able to notify

  Here, when the entry of a game ball into the specific area is detected during the invalid period of the specific area, and when the game ball enters the specific area during the valid period of the specific area and no entry is assumed In any case, there is a high possibility that an abnormality has occurred. However, in the latter case, since the detection is normal, it is difficult to perform strong error notification (for example, error notification by liquid crystal or sound). Therefore, it is preferable to notify the error by a method that is transmitted (or easily transmitted) only to the game hall staff. For example, there are methods such as lighting an illumination lamp with a lighting pattern that is not normally executed, or transmitting a signal to a hall computer. Here, main controller 1000 is connected to hall computer H via an external terminal board (not shown), and transmits a signal to the external terminal board when an error occurs, a big hit, or at the end of fluctuation. It has a terminal, but when a game ball enters the specific area during the invalid period of the specific area, and when it enters the specific area during the effective period of the specific area where no ball is expected It may be configured such that a terminal for transmitting a signal to the external terminal board side is different from the case where a game ball is detected (for example, an error terminal in the former case, an extra terminal in the latter case) Send signal, etc.).

(Second Embodiment)
In the present embodiment, the discharge ball abnormality related to the distribution prize winning opening has been described in detail. In addition to the discharge ball abnormality, other error detection modes (or error detection devices) are provided. Also good. Therefore, such a configuration is referred to as a second embodiment, and only differences from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  It should be noted that the gaming machine according to the second embodiment can detect the vibration when the gaming machine vibrates illegally (a vibration of strength or acceleration that cannot occur when playing normally). The vibration sensor 500 includes a case 501 that protects the vibration sensor 500, a pickup 502 that converts mechanical energy generated by the vibration into electric energy, and a pickup that fixes the pickup 502. A holding unit 503, a printed circuit board 505 on which an electric circuit is mounted, a screw 506 for fixing the printed circuit board 505, lead wires 507a and 507b for electrically connecting the pickup 502 and the printed circuit board 505, A connector 508 for transmitting a signal output from the printed circuit board 505 to the outside. There. The pickup 502 includes a metal plate 504 and a piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a, and the pickup holding unit 503 includes a pickup holding unit body 503a. In addition, the gaming machine according to the second embodiment has vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 for monitoring whether the vibration sensor 500 detects a vibration error, and the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 monitors the vibration sensor 500. And a vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a for temporarily storing information related to the above and a vibration sensor monitoring timer 1165b for measuring the time from when the power is turned on until the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 is finished.

  First, the configuration of the vibration sensor 500 and the vibration error detection method will be described in detail. The vibration sensor 500 is located on the lower right side of the game area 120 (based on the center of the game area), and includes a big prize opening unit 2500 (a large size shown in FIG. 3) including a distribution big prize opening 2220 and a normal big prize opening 2120. It is provided on the back side (showing from the player) of the device related to the prize opening, and is placed at a position where it is not visible (or difficult to see) by the player (vibration sensor 500). Is a device that does not detect vibration errors if the game is progressing normally).

  58 is a diagram showing the structure of the vibration sensor 500 according to the second embodiment. FIG. 58 (a) is a plan view of the vibration sensor 500, and FIG. 58 (b) is the vibration sensor 500. FIG. As shown in the figure, in the case 501, the pickup 502 is accommodated in a ring-shaped pickup holding portion 503 made of rubber so as not to be destroyed even when subjected to a large vibration (impact). The pickup holding portion 503 is composed of an O-shaped ring-shaped rubber pickup holding portion main body 503a. A recess is formed in the inner central portion of the ring shape, and the pickup 502 is fitted and fixed in the recess. ing. Further, a printed circuit board 505 shown in FIG. 58A is fixed to a case 501 above the pickup holding portion 503 {upward direction in FIG. 58B} by screws 506, and the printed circuit board 505 The pickup holding unit 503 and the pickup 502 are held down.

  Next, FIG. 59A is a plan view of the pickup 502 of the vibration sensor 500 according to the second embodiment, and FIG. 59B is a side view of the pickup 502. As shown in FIG. 59 (b), the pickup 502 is configured by attaching a piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a to a thin disk-shaped metal plate 504. Further, as shown in the figure, the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a and the metal plate 504 are configured to be connected to an electric circuit mounted on the printed circuit board 505 via the lead wires 507a and 507b connected to each other. Yes.

  The printed circuit board 505 is mounted with a filter circuit and an amplification circuit for processing and amplifying the frequency characteristics of the signals input via the lead wires 507a and 507b, and output through the filter circuit or the amplification circuit. The signal to be output is output from the connector 508 shown in FIG. 58B to the outside (for example, the main controller 1000). As shown in FIG. 58A, the connector 508 is mounted on a printed circuit board 505.

  Here, the operation of the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a in the vibration sensor 500 will be described in detail below.

  Ceramics are generally a collection of fine crystals, and each of the crystals is composed of atoms having a positive charge and atoms having a negative charge. Among ceramics, there are ferroelectric ceramics in which the positive and negative charges in the crystal are not balanced in a natural state, and the charge is biased (spontaneous polarization).

  Ferroelectric ceramics vary in the direction of spontaneous polarization, but by applying a high voltage, the direction of spontaneous polarization is aligned in a uniform direction and does not return to the original state even when the voltage is removed. In this way, aligning the direction of spontaneous polarization is called polarization processing, and when the polarization processing is performed on ferroelectric ceramics, piezoelectric ceramics are obtained.

  When a voltage is applied to the piezoelectric ceramic from the outside, the centers of the positive and negative charges inside the piezoelectric ceramic attract and retract from the external voltage, and the ceramic body expands and contracts. In addition, when pressure is applied to piezoelectric ceramics, a positive charge appears on one surface, and negative charges appear on the other surface. Conversely, when the piezoelectric ceramics are pulled, pressure is applied to both surfaces. The opposite charge is generated. As described above, the piezoelectric ceramic is configured to exchange electric energy and mechanical energy by utilizing the polarization of the crystal.

  In the second embodiment, the vibration sensor 500 converts mechanical energy due to vibration (impact) into electrical energy by the piezoelectric ceramic plate 502a in which the piezoelectric ceramic is formed in a plate shape, and the conversion is performed as described above. The electrical energy is output from the connector 508 to the outside (for example, the main controller 1000) via the filter circuit and the amplifier circuit mounted on the printed circuit board 505 via the lead wires 507a and 507b. It is configured to be able to transmit a signal that is a vibration error to the machine.

  The vibration sensor used in the second embodiment is merely an example, and any vibration sensor can be used as long as it can be used for error detection of pachinko gaming machines.

  Next, FIG. 60 is an overall electrical configuration diagram in the second embodiment. The difference from the present embodiment is that a vibration sensor 500 is provided, and the vibration sensor 500 is electrically connected to the main controller 1000 and, as described above, detects the detected vibration (impact). It is configured so that it can be converted into electrical energy and transmitted to the main controller 1000.

  Next, FIG. 61 is a main flowchart on the main controller side in the second embodiment. The difference from this embodiment is step 4017-1 (second) to step 4017-3 (second) and step 1050 (second), that is, RAM clear information is transferred to the sub-control board 2320 side in step 4006. , Or after resetting (zero-clearing) the allocation prize number counter value and the discharge number counter value in step 4015, in step 4017-1 (second), the main controller 1000 detects the vibration sensor timer 1065b ( A predetermined time (in this example, 5 seconds) is set in the subtraction timer) and started. Next, at step 4017-2 (second), main controller 1000 starts monitoring vibration sensor 500. Next, in step 4017-2 (second), main controller 1000 turns on the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and proceeds to step 4018. To do.

  On the other hand, the main controller 1000 executes a vibration sensor monitoring process, which will be described later, in step 1050 (second) when the scheduled interrupt period T is reached (for example, a hardware interrupt approximately every 1.5 ms). Then, the process proceeds to step 1100.

  In this way, by monitoring the vibration sensor 500 for a predetermined time (5 seconds in this example) after turning on the power, it is confirmed whether or not to detect the vibration generated when the door 108 is opened, It is configured so that it can be checked whether or not the vibration sensor 500 is operating normally.

  In the second embodiment, the vibration sensor 500 is configured to be monitored for a predetermined time (in this example, 5 seconds) after the power is turned on. However, the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 is started after the power is turned on. The monitoring end timing is not limited to this. For example, (1) until the door 108 is opened and then closed (until the door opening sensor (not shown) changes from ON to OFF (when the power is turned on, the door 108 is Is open)}, (2) from the timing when the door 108 is opened and closed until a predetermined time elapses, (3) until a predetermined operation (depressing a sub input button, etc.) is executed (4) From when a vibration error occurs until the vibration error ends (error release), etc., and so on. If the vibration sensor 500 is configured to check whether or not it operates normally, the change is made. It may be.

  Next, FIG. 62 is a flowchart of the vibration sensor monitoring process according to the subroutine of Step 1050 (second) in FIG. 61 in the second embodiment. First, in step 1052, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and determines whether or not the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 1052, in step 1054, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500 and determines whether or not the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration that causes a vibration error. To do. The vibration sensor 500 is a vibration error even when the vibration sensor 500 is broken, such as a disconnection (a wire is cut), a short circuit (a wire connecting the connector 508 and the pachinko game machine is in contact with another wire, etc.). (Vibration error is detected).

  In the case of Yes in Step 1054, in Step 1056, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets the command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit 2320 (control command transmission processing in Step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side). Next, in step 1058, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets a command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the external terminal board (the external signal output in step 3100 transmits the command to the external terminal board). The process proceeds to step 1060. Note that if the result of step 1054 is No, the process proceeds to step 1060.

  In the second embodiment, the error notification continues for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), and the monitoring of the vibration sensor is extended for the predetermined time. Further, when a vibration error occurs again during the extension of the monitoring of the vibration sensor, the error notification and the monitoring of the vibration sensor are executed from the timing when the error occurs again.

  Next, in step 1060, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the vibration sensor monitoring timer 1165b and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. If YES in step 1060, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 ends the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 in step 1062. Next, in step 1064, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the power-on vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and performs the next processing (processing in step 1100). ).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1052, in step 1066, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag {step 2211 (second ) Determines whether or not the flag turned on} is on. In the case of Yes in step 1066, in step 1068, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 refers to the signal output from the vibration sensor 500, and determines whether or not the vibration sensor 500 has detected a vibration that causes a vibration error. To do. In the case of Yes in step 1068, in step 1070, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets the command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320 (control command transmission processing in step 3200). Is transmitted to the sub main control unit 2320 side). Next, in step 1072, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 sets a command related to the vibration error in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the external terminal board (the external signal output in step 3100 transmits the command to the external terminal board). Then, the process proceeds to step 1074. Note that if the result of step 1068 is No, the process proceeds to step 1074. Next, in step 1074, the vibration sensor monitoring means 1065 refers to the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065a, and the vibration sensor monitoring end flag {the flag turned on in step 2461 (second)} is set. Determine whether it is on. In the case of Yes in step 1074, in step 1076, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the vibration sensor monitoring end flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a. Next, in step 1078, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 ends the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500. Next, in step 1080, the vibration sensor monitoring unit 1065 turns off the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a, and performs the next processing (processing in step 1100). ). Note that the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 1100) also in the case of No in step 1060, step 1066, or step 1074.

  Next, FIG. 63 is a flowchart of the allocation prize winning control process according to the subroutine of Step 2200 of FIG. 20 in the second embodiment. The difference from the present embodiment is step 2211 (second), that is, after turning on the shielding member drive control flag in step 2210, in step 2211 (second), a large allocation winning opening control means. In 1174, the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage means 1065 a is turned on, and the process proceeds to Step 2212. As described above, in the second embodiment, the vibration sensor 500 is monitored at the start of the round related to the opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 in the special game (the special game vibration sensor monitoring flag is turned on). ) Is configured as follows.

  Next, FIG. 64 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2350 of FIG. 63 in the second embodiment. The difference from this embodiment is step 2357 (second) and step 2392-1 (second) to step 2392 (second) -6 (second). After turning off the release end flag, in step 2357 (second), the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 sets the allocation prize waiting time (3000 ms in this example) in the allocation prize waiting timer 1174b. The timer is started, and the process proceeds to Step 2360.

  On the other hand, after turning off the allocation prize waiting flag in step 2378, in step 2392-1 (second), the allocation large prize opening control means 1174 receives an emission waiting time (in this example, 1000 ms) is set and the timer is started. Next, at step 2392-2 (second), the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on the waiting-for-discharge flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and step 2392-3 Move to (second). In addition, also when it is No in step 2374 or step 2376, it transfers to step 2392-3 (2nd).

  Next, at step 2392-3 (second), the allocation big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the discharge waiting flag is on. Determine. In the case of Yes in step 2392-3 (second), in step 2392-4 (second), the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the discharge waiting timer 1174d and determines whether or not the timer value is 0. Determine whether. In the case of Yes in step 2392-4 (second), in step 2392-5 (second), the distribution big prize control means 1174 waits for discharge in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197. Turn off the middle flag. Next, in step 2392-6 (second), the allocation big prize control unit 1174 turns on the discharge confirmation permission flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and performs the next processing ( The process proceeds to step 2400. It should be noted that if the result of step 2392-3 (second) or step 2392-4 (second) is No, the process proceeds to the next process (process of step 2400). As described above, in the second embodiment, after the winning standby time of the allocation large winning opening 2220 has ended (the timer value of the allocation winning standby timer 1174b becomes 0), the discharge waiting time (in this example, 1000 ms) is provided (in addition, the detection of the discharged ball is effective even during the opening time of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the waiting time for winning).

  Next, FIG. 65 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process according to the subroutine of Step 2400 of FIG. 63 in the second embodiment. The difference from this embodiment is step 2404 (second). In addition, the processing during “the validity period of the specific area after the end of the allocation prize waiting time” has been changed to “during the waiting time for the discharge after the end of the allocation prize waiting time”, and the processes of steps 2421 to 2423 are deleted. ing. In other words, if the discharge ball abnormality flag is OFF in step 2402, in step 2404 (second), the distribution big prize control means 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 and discharges it. It is determined whether or not the waiting flag is off.

  Next, FIG. 66 is a flowchart of discharge ball abnormality detection processing according to the subroutine of step 2450 in FIG. 63 in the second embodiment. The difference from the present embodiment is step 2461 (second), that is, after the normal discharge completion flag is turned on in step 2460, in step 2461 (second), the large allocation winning a prize controlling means 1174 is set. Then, the vibration sensor monitoring end flag in the flag area of the vibration sensor monitoring related information temporary storage unit 1065a is turned on, and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2500).

≪Action≫
Next, the operation in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In FIG. 67 and FIG. 68, description will be made by paying attention to “a plurality of rounds” in “a special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, description will be made by taking the ninth to tenth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 7A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the ninth round of the special game, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close” (long open B), and the shielding member 2224 a is “52 ms open / closed”. 2600 ms closed, 31400 ms opened, 2000 ms closed, 52 ms opened, closed (* If a discharge error is not detected after 4000 ms has passed after closing the sorting prize opening, the operation is stopped and closed). In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

(In the case of long open B / when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected)
First, FIG. 67 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected in the case where the open mode of the distribution large winning opening 2220 is long open B according to the second embodiment. .

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (the start timing of the 9th round of the special game), since the 9th round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a in the distribution large winning opening 2220 are opened. (52 ms open) is executed. In addition, at the timing, the effective period of the allocation large winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharged ball, and the monitoring of the vibration sensor are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed (2600 ms closed) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution large winning opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a. .

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are opened when 2600 ms have elapsed since the closing of the distribution large prize opening 2220 and the shielding member 2224a (the distribution large prize opening) 2220 is opened for 29000 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms).

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the distribution prize winning port 2220 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the fact that 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has passed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. At the same time, since the tenth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms open). Each round period is configured in the order of opening, closing, and preparation.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the validity period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the validity period of the specific area 2224 are terminated when 3000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, since the abnormality of the discharge ball is not detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly ended, and the discharge ball detection period and the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 are also ended.

  Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the normal prize winning opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal prize winning opening 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, the 10th round is finished, the 11th round is started, and since the 11th round is an odd number round, the distribution winning prize opening 2220 is opened (52 ms open). It will be. In addition, when the eleventh round is started, the shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms open), the effective period of the sorting prize winning port 2220, the effective period of the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharged ball, and the vibration Monitoring of the sensor 500 is started.

(Long open B / Discharge ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 68 is a timing chart showing the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is detected in the case where the open mode of the large allocation prize opening 2220 is long open B according to the second embodiment. .

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (the start timing of the ninth round of the special game), since the ninth round is an odd-numbered round, the distribution big prize opening 2220 is released (29000 ms open) and the distribution big prize winning opening 2220. The inner shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms is opened). In addition, at this timing, the effective period between the distribution prize winning opening 2220 and the specific area 2224 and the discharge ball detection period are started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the shield member 2224a is closed (closed at 2600 ms) when 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 and the shield member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the opening of the shielding member 2224a is triggered by the passage of 2600 ms since the closing of the shielding member 2224a (the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened for 29000 ms, and the shielding member 2224a is opened for 31400 ms). To do.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the distribution prize winning port 2220 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the distribution prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the fact that 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has passed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220. At the same time, since the tenth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms open). Each round period is configured in the order of opening, closing, and preparation.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the validity period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the validity period of the specific area 2224 are terminated when 3000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the discharge confirmation (confirmation of whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls is consistent) is executed, and since the abnormality of the discharged balls is detected, the driving of the shielding member 2224a and the discharged balls The detection period and monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 will continue. Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is closed (2000 ms closing) when 34052 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shielding member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened when there is a discharge ball abnormality and 2000 ms has passed since the shielding member 2224a was closed. Next, at the timing of 10 in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is closed when there is a discharge ball abnormality and 52 ms has elapsed since the opening of the shielding member 2224a.

  Next, at the timing of 11 in the figure, the normal prize opening 2120 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the opening of the normal prize opening 2120. Note that the eleventh round, which is the next round, is not started because the discharge ball abnormality has not been resolved at this timing.

  Next, at the timing of 12 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality has been resolved, the discharge ball detection period and the monitoring of the vibration sensor 500 are finished, and the preparation time until the start of the next round of 4 ms (1 interrupt) is started. Next, at the timing of 13 in the figure, the 10th round is ended when 4 ms (1 interrupt) has elapsed since the elimination of the discharge ball abnormality, the 11th round is started, and the 11th round is an odd round. For this reason, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 is opened (52 ms open). In addition, when the eleventh round is started, the shielding member 2224a is opened (52 ms open), the effective period of the sorting prize winning port 2220, the effective period of the specific area 2224, the detection period of the discharged ball, and the vibration Monitoring of the sensor 500 is started.

  As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the second embodiment, the vibration sensor 500 continues to be monitored until the discharge waiting time even when the effective period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are ended. In addition, when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the vibration sensor 500 is continuously monitored until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. With this configuration, when a discharge ball abnormality is detected and a vibration error is detected simultaneously with the discharge ball abnormality, the cause of the discharge ball abnormality is chattering due to vibration (vibration is added). In other words, the distribution winning detection device 2221 or the discharge ball detection device 2224-2 detects the passage of a plurality of balls in spite of the passage of one ball). If a vibration error is not detected at the same time as the discharge ball abnormality, it can be assumed that the cause of the discharge ball abnormality is clogging (the game ball is parked in the sorting prize winning port 2220). Thus, the cause of the error can be determined in detail.

  Note that the gaming machine according to the second embodiment may be provided with a sub input button. In such a configuration, it is desirable that an effect that prompts the player to press the sub input button is not executed as an effect in the round in which the shielding member 2224a is opened during the special game. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the vibration sensor 500 from detecting, as a vibration error, the depression of the sub input button executed by the player in accordance with the effect that prompts the user to press the sub input button. .

  In the gaming machine according to the second embodiment, the error notification is executed when a vibration error is detected. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the game may be interrupted together with the error notification. Alternatively, the processing may be executed only when a predetermined vibration error (for example, an error such as a strong impact detected or a long-time vibration detected) is detected.

(Modification 1 from the second embodiment)
In the second embodiment, the confirmation of the discharge of the large prize winning opening 2220 (confirmation of whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls are consistent) is the opening of the large distribution winning opening 2220 in the special game. Although it comprised so that it might be performed in all the rounds concerned, in such a structure, the frequency | count of the discharge confirmation performed in a special game increases, and there exists a possibility that the execution time of the said special game may become long time. Therefore, a configuration capable of solving such a problem is referred to as a first modification from the second embodiment, and only the changes from the second embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, in the first modification from the second embodiment, the specific region 2224 is configured to be effective only in the round in which the shielding member 2224a is opened (9th R in this example), and the effective period is the shielding member. It is configured to be effective from the timing at which 2224a is opened, and to be disabled after 3000 ms from the timing at which the shielding member 2224a is changed from “open to closed”. The effective period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 is valid from the timing when the allocation prize winning port 2220 is opened, and invalid after 3000 ms from the timing when the allocation prize winning port 2220 is “open → closed”. It is comprised so that.

  Next, FIG. 69 is a flowchart of the large allocation prize opening control process according to the subroutine of Step 2200 of FIG. 20 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. Changes from the second embodiment are step 2250 (second), step 2220 (second), step 2450 (second variation 1), step 2222 (second variation 1) to step 2226 (second variation 1). Step 2400 (second variation 1) and step 2500 (second variation 1), the purpose of which is to execute the discharge confirmation immediately before the start of the round in which the shielding member 2224a is driven. In the first modification from the second embodiment, the shielding member 2224a is driven only in one round (in this example, the 9th R) of the rounds related to the opening of the large prize winning opening 2220 during the special game. It is configured as follows. That is, in step 2250 (second variation 1), the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 executes a winning ball / discharge ball management process, which will be described later, and proceeds to step 2202.

  On the other hand, if the distribution control continuation flag is OFF in step 2204, in step 2220 (second variation 1), the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 determines that the round is a shielding member driving round (the shielding member 2224a is driven). In this example, it is determined whether it is the 9th R). In the case of Yes in step 2220 (second variation 1), in step 2450 (second variation 1), the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 executes a discharge ball abnormality detection process, which will be described later. Next, at step 2222 (second variation 1), the allocation big prize control means 1174 determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 is off. Judgment (when the discharge ball is abnormal, the shielding member driving round is not started). In the case of Yes in step 2222 (second variation 1), in step 2224 (second variation 1), the large allocation winning port control means 1174 resets (zero clears) the allocated winning number counter 1174e and the discharged number counter 1174f. . Next, in step 2226 (second variation 1), the allocation big prize control means 1174 turns on the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197, and step 2206. Migrate to Note that the process also proceeds to step 2206 even in the case of No in step 2220 (second variation 1).

  On the other hand, after executing the allocation preparation control process in step 2350, in step 2400 (second variation 1), the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 executes the allocation prize control process described later. Next, at step 2500 (second variation 1), the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 executes a shielding member drive control process, which will be described later, and proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2550).

  Next, FIG. 70 is a flowchart of the winning / ejecting ball management processing according to the subroutine of step 2250 (second modified 1) in FIG. 69 in the first modification from the second embodiment. First, in step 2252, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 refers to the allocation winning detection device 2221 and determines whether or not the detection device has detected a new ball. In the case of Yes in step 2252, in step 2254, the large allocation prize opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the allocation prize winning number counter 1174 e (increment), and proceeds to step 2256. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2252, the process proceeds to step 2256.

  Next, at step 2256, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the discharged ball detection device 2224-2, and determines whether or not the detection device has detected a new ball. In the case of Yes in step 2256, in step 2258, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f (increment), and proceeds to step 2260. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2256, the process proceeds to step 2260.

  Next, in step 2260, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 refers to the specific area entrance detection device 2224-1, and determines whether or not the detection device has detected a new entrance. In the case of Yes in step 2260, in step 2262, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 adds (increments) 1 to the counter value of the discharge number counter 1174f, and proceeds to the next processing (processing in step 2202). On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2260, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 2202). In the first modification from the second embodiment, during the execution of the special game, there is an abnormal discharge ball at the start of the shielding member drive round (the round in which the shielding member is driven, 9R in this example). Is not detected, the counter values of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e and the discharging number counter 1174f are reset, so that the distributing winning prize counter 1174e and the discharging number counter 1174f are before the shielding member driving round. The total number of winnings and the number of dischargings in the rounds (1, 3, 5, 7R in this example) related to the opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 are configured.

  Next, FIG. 71 is a flowchart of the discharged ball abnormality detection process according to the subroutine of Step 2450 (second variation 1) of FIG. 69 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. First, this flowchart has a configuration in which some processes are deleted from the flowchart of the discharge ball abnormality detection process of the second embodiment. First, at step 2454, the distribution big prize opening control means 1174 has the same value as the distribution prize counter 1174e and the count value of the discharge number counter 1174f (all winning game balls are normally discharged). ) Or not. In the case of Yes in step 2454, in step 2458, the allocation big prize control means 1174 determines that the discharge ball abnormality has not occurred, and the discharge ball in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197 The abnormality flag is turned off, and the process proceeds to the next process {the process of step 2222 (second modification 1)}.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2454, in step 2462, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred, and is in the flag area of the distributed game related information temporary storage means 1197. , Turn on the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, at step 2464, the distribution large winning opening control means 1174 sends a command for sending a discharge ball abnormality command for notifying that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred to the sub-main control unit 2320 side. It is set in the trust buffer 1301 (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200), and the process proceeds to the next process {process in step 2222 (second modified 1)}.

  Next, FIG. 72 is a flowchart of the distribution preparation time control process according to the subroutine of step 2350 in FIG. 69 in the first modification from the second embodiment. A change from the second embodiment is step 2394 (second variation 1), that is, after the distribution winning awaiting flag is turned off in step 2378, in step 2394 (second variation 1), distribution is performed. The big prize opening control means 1174 turns on the distribution end permission flag in the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage means 1197, and proceeds to the next process {process of step 2400 (second variation 1)}. To do. In the first modification from the second embodiment, it is configured not to execute the discharge confirmation at the end of the round related to the opening of the big prize winning opening 2220 in the special game.

  Next, FIG. 73 is a flowchart of the distribution winning control process according to the subroutine of Step 2400 (second) in FIG. 69 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. First, this flowchart has a configuration in which some processes are deleted from the flowchart of the distribution winning control process of the second embodiment. First, in step 2436, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the distribution control continuing flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2436, in other words, in the case where the allocation prize winning port 2220 is being opened or in the allocation prize waiting time, in step 2437 the allocation prize winning control means 1174 is assigned to the allocation prize detection device. It is determined whether or not 2221 (a large allocation winning entrance entrance sensor) has detected a new entry. Next, in step 2438, the allocation large winning opening control means 1174 sets a prize ball command to the prize ball payout control board 3000, and the process proceeds to step 2439. On the other hand, also in the case of No in step 2437, the process proceeds to step 2439.

  Next, at step 2439, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 determines whether or not the specific area entry detection device 2224-1 (specific area prize sensor) has detected a new entry. In the case of Yes in step 2439, in step 2440, the large allocation winning opening control unit 1174 determines whether or not the entry into the specific area 2224 is the first entry in the special game being executed. In the case of Yes in step 2440, in step 2441, the large allocation winning opening control means 1174 performs a sub-main control on a specific area entry effect execution command for displaying that a game ball has entered the specific area 2224. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side by the control command transmission process in step 3200). Next, in step 2442, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns on the probability change transition reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and the next process {step 2500 (second change 1)}. Even in the case of No in step 2439 or step 2440, the process proceeds to the next process {the process of step 2500 (second modification 1)}.

  As described above, in the first modification from the second embodiment, when the discharge ball is abnormal, the round is not started. Therefore, in this subroutine, the process related to the discharge abnormality is not provided, and the specific area effective period is allocated. Since it is configured to end at the same time as the prize waiting time, the process in the specific area effective period of the second embodiment is not provided.

  Next, FIG. 74 is a flowchart of the shielding member drive control process according to the subroutine of Step 2500 (second modification 1) of FIG. 69 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. First, in step 2530, the allocation big prize control unit 1174 refers to the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage unit 1197, and determines whether or not the shielding member driving control flag is on. In the case of Yes in Step 2530, in Step 2532, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 refers to the sorting round timer 1174a, and the timer value is a value within a predetermined period A (for example, 0 ≦ A <29000 ms). It is determined whether or not there is. In the case of Yes in step 2532, in step 2534, the shielding member drive control unit 1174-1 opens the shielding member 2224a, and proceeds to the next processing (processing in step 2550).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 2532, in step 2536, the shielding member drive control means 1174-1 closes the shielding member 2224a. Next, in step 2538, the allocation prize winning control means 1174 turns off the shielding member drive control in-progress flag in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197 for the next processing (in step 2550). Process). In the first modification from the second embodiment, the opening mode of the shielding member 2224a is 29000 ms, which is the same as the opening mode of the long opening B of the sorting prize winning opening 2220.

  Next, FIG. 75 is a flowchart of distribution round control end processing according to the subroutine of Step 2550 in FIG. 69 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. The changes from the second embodiment are about step 2562 (second variation 1) and step 2564 (second variation 1), that is, at step 2562 (second variation 1), the large allocation prize opening control means. Reference numeral 1174 refers to the flag area of the distribution game related information temporary storage unit 1197 to determine whether or not the distribution end permission flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 2562 (second variation 1), in step 2564 (second variation 1), the allocation big prize opening control means 1174 is in the flag area of the allocation game related information temporary storage means 1197. The minute end permission flag is turned off, and the process proceeds to step 2558.

  Next, FIG. 76 is a flowchart of the special game end control process according to the subroutine of Step 2900 in FIG. 20 in Modification 1 from the second embodiment. The changes from the second embodiment are step 2909 (second modification 1), step 2450 (second modification 1), and step 2936 (second modification 1). That is, in step 2907, the sub-end is completed. After setting the demonstration display execution command, in step 2909 (second variation 1), the special game execution control means 1173 sets the end demonstration execution time (4000 ms in this example) to the end demonstration execution timer 1173b, and the timer And the process proceeds to step 2912.

  If the timer value of the end demonstration execution timer 1173b is 0 in step 2912, the above-described discharge ball abnormality detection process is executed in step 2450 (second variation 1). As described above, the first modification from the second embodiment is configured to execute the discharge confirmation even when the special game end demonstration ends. Next, when the discharge ball abnormality flag is off in step 2914, in step 2936 (second variation 1), the special game execution control means 1173 resets the distribution winning prize counter 1174e and the discharge number counter 1174f ( Zero clear), and the process proceeds to Step 2918.

≪Action≫
Next, the effect | action in the example 1 of a change from 2nd Embodiment is demonstrated, referring FIGS. 77-81.

<When special game is running>
In FIG. 77, description will be given focusing on “a plurality of rounds” in “a certain special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, a description will be given by taking the sixth to seventh rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game according to the 7A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the seventh round of the special game, the distribution prize winning opening 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close” (long open B), and the shielding member 2224 a is “29000 ms open / closed”. It works in the order of “closed”. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

  First, FIG. 77 shows the operation contents of the round according to the modified example 1 from the second embodiment, in which the opening mode of the allocation large winning opening 2220 is the long opening B and the presence / absence of the discharge ball abnormality is not confirmed. It is a timing chart.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure (start timing of the sixth round of the special game), since the sixth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is released (29000 ms is opened). The discharged ball can always be detected while the special game is being executed.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, when 29000 ms have elapsed since the opening of the normal prize opening 2120, the normal prize opening 2120 is closed and the round end waiting time is started.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the seventh round is started because 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has elapsed since the closing of the regular prize winning opening 2120. At the same time, since the seventh round is an odd-numbered round, the sorting prize winning port 2220 is opened (29000 ms is opened). In addition, the effective period of the large allocation prize opening 2220 is started with the start of the seventh round, but the driving of the shielding member 2224a and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are not started.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the allocation prize winning port 2220 is closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the elapse of 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), from the closing of the distribution winning prize opening 2220. Since the tenth round is an even-numbered round, the special winning opening 2120 is normally opened (29000 ms open).

Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the effective period of the allocation prize winning port 2220 ends.
<When special game is running>
In FIG. 78 to FIG. 79, description will be made by paying attention to “a plurality of rounds” in a “certain special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, an explanation will be given by taking the eighth to ninth rounds of a special game (in this example, a special game according to the 7A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the ninth round of the special game, the distribution prize winning port 2220 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close” (long open B), and the shielding member 2224 a is “29000 ms open / closed”. It works in the order of “closed”. In this example, before the opening period of the special prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize opening 2220) in the special game is over, the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution) When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the big prize opening 2220), the current round ends, and the big prize opening (the normal big prize opening 2120 or the distribution big prize) The mouth 2220) is configured to close.

(In the case of special game running / non-detection of ball discharge abnormality)
First, FIG. 78 shows the operation contents when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected in the case where the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open B according to the first modification from the second embodiment. It is a timing chart.

  First, at timing 1 in the figure (start timing of the eighth round of the special game), since the eighth round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms is opened). The discharged ball can always be detected while the special game is being executed.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, when 29000 ms have elapsed since the opening of the normal prize opening 2120, the normal prize opening 2120 is closed and the round end waiting time is started.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, 200 ms which is a round end waiting time (a time obtained by combining the closing time and the preparation time) has elapsed since the closing of the normal prize winning opening 2120, and 1, 3, 5, 7R Since the total number of winnings and the number of winnings coincided and no discharge ball abnormality was detected, the ninth round was started, and the ninth round was an odd number, so the distribution big winning opening 2220 was opened (29000 ms). Will be released). Also, triggered by the start of the ninth round, the effective period of the sorting prize winning port 2220, the driving of the shielding member 2224a, and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are started.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the elapse of 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), from the closing of the distribution winning prize opening 2220. Since the tenth round is an even-numbered round, the special winning opening 2120 is normally opened (29000 ms open).

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the effective period of the large allocation prize opening 2220 and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are ended.

(In the case of special game running / discharging ball abnormality detection)
Next, FIG. 79 shows the operation contents when an abnormal discharge ball is detected in the case where the open mode of the large allocation winning opening 2220 is long open B according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. It is a timing chart. Since the timings 1 and 2 in the figure are the same as those in FIG. 78, the description thereof is omitted.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, 200 ms which is a round end waiting time (a time obtained by combining the closing time and the preparation time) has elapsed since the closing of the normal prize winning opening 2120, and 1, 3, 5, 7R Since the total number of winnings and the number of discharges do not match and a discharge ball abnormality is detected, the ninth round is not started, and a wait for the discharge ball abnormality to be resolved is awaited. Next, since the discharge ball abnormality is resolved at the timing 4 in the figure, the ninth round is started, the effective period of the sorting prize winning port 2220, the driving of the shielding member 2224a, and the effective period of the specific area 2224 And is started.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the allocation prize winning port 2220 and the shielding member 2224a are closed when 29000 ms has elapsed since the closing of the allocation prize winning port 2220.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, the 10th round is triggered by the elapse of 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the combined time of the closing time and the preparation time), from the closing of the distribution winning prize opening 2220. Since the tenth round is an even-numbered round, the special winning opening 2120 is normally opened (29000 ms open).

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the effective period of the large allocation winning opening 2220 and the effective period of the specific area 2224 are ended.

  As described above, in the first modification from the second embodiment, the round in which the shielding member 2224a is driven among the rounds related to the opening of the large allocation winning opening 2220 (the ninth round in this example). When the discharge check is executed immediately before the start of the discharge and a discharge ball abnormality is detected, the round is not started until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved.

<When the end demo is running>
In FIG. 80 to FIG. 81, description will be given focusing on “final round” and “end demo time” in “a special game” including a unit game of long open B. Specifically, the end demo time ends from the 16th round of a special game (in this example, a special game related to the 7A symbol) as an example. Here, in the case of this example, in the sixteenth round of the special game, the normal big prize opening 2120 operates in the order of “29000 ms open / close”.

(When the end demo is being executed / when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected)
First, FIG. 80 is a timing chart showing the operation content when no abnormal discharge ball is detected, according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment.

  First, at timing 1 in the figure (start timing of the 16th round of the special game), since the 16th round is an even-numbered round, the normal winning opening 2120 is opened (29000 ms is opened). The discharged ball can always be detected while the special game is being executed.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, when 29000 ms have elapsed since the opening of the normal prize opening 2120, the normal prize opening 2120 is closed and the round end waiting time is started.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the special game end demonstration is triggered by the fact that 200 ms, which is the round end waiting time (the time combining the closing time and the preparation time), has elapsed since the closing of the regular prize opening 2120. Time (4000 ms) is started.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the discharge confirmation is executed when 4000 ms has passed since the start of the special game end demonstration time, and the total number of winnings and discharges of 9, 11, 13, and 15R is one. In addition, in the special game that is being executed, since the discharge ball abnormality is not detected at the start of the 9th round, the total number of winnings and the number of discharges of 1, 3, 5, and 7R are the same and executed. The total number of winnings and the number of discharges in all rounds (odd rounds) related to the opening of the distribution big prize opening 2220 in the special game in the middle match}, the discharge game is not detected, and the special game ends. It will be.

(When the end demonstration is being executed / when the discharge ball abnormality is detected)
Next, FIG. 81 is a timing chart showing the operation content when an abnormal discharge ball is detected according to Modification 1 from the second embodiment. Note that the timings 1 to 3 in the figure are the same as those in FIG.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the discharge confirmation is executed when 4000 ms has elapsed from the start of the special game end demonstration time, and the total number of winnings and the number of discharges of 9, 11, 13, and 15R match. However, since the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the special game end demonstration time is extended.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, since the discharge ball abnormality has been resolved, the extended special game end demo time ends, and the special game ends with the end of the special game end demo time. Become.

  As described above, in the first modification from the second embodiment, the discharge confirmation is executed at the end of the special game end demonstration time, and when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the end demonstration until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. The time is extended and the special game does not end (the game does not proceed, for example, when there is a hold, or there is a ball entering the first main game start port 2210 or the second main game start port 2110 Even in this case, the main game symbol does not start to change).

  As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine according to the modified example 1 from the second embodiment, the shielding member 2224a is driven during the round related to the opening of the large prize winning opening 2220 when the special game is executed. Shielding is a round that has a significant impact on the outcome of the game by performing a discharge check immediately before the start of the round (in this example, the ninth round) and at the end of the end demonstration time of the special game being executed. The round in which the member 2224a is driven and the discharge check of the entire special game can be confirmed, and the minimum required number of discharge checks (in this example, 2 times) can be used to open the distribution prize winning port 2220. Compared to the case where emission confirmation is performed in all such rounds, the chances of delaying the start of the round due to failure to obtain emission confirmation can be reduced, and the performance of special games can be reduced. Will be able to shorten the time, the player can proceed without stress game.

  In the first modification from the second embodiment, the discharge confirmation is performed immediately before the start of the round in which the shielding member 2224a is driven and at the end of the special game end demonstration time, but is not limited thereto. Further, it may be just before the start of the round in which the shielding member 2224a is driven, or may be another timing during the special game.

  In addition, the structure of the modification 1 from 2nd Embodiment is a special game (for example, 1R-5R opening time is all "52ms" in which the round used as short opening | release (for example, opening of 52ms) will be continued several times. It is more effective at the time of execution. When the special game is executed, the next allocation big prize opening is opened until the round related to the opening of the certain distribution big prize exit (for example, the 1R mentioned above) is completed and the discharge confirmation related to the round is obtained. If it is configured not to start the round (for example, the 1R mentioned above), the start of the next round will be delayed even if there is no discharge abnormality, so a modification example from the second embodiment By adopting a configuration such as 1, it is possible to configure so that the delay does not occur.

  In addition, you may comprise as follows the shape and opening aspect of the special winning opening in this example. As a specific configuration, a mode is adopted in which the special winning opening electric accessory varies in the vertical direction with respect to the game board (game area). In other words, the prize winning opening electrical combination is almost completely buried in the game board (game area) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a retracted state) and from the game board (game area) to the vicinity of the transparent board. The state of projecting toward the player side (hereinafter referred to as advance state) is taken. Then, the prize winning hole electric combination is a box-like member that can accept a game ball protruding from the game board (game area) and flowing down the game area (the game ball that has entered the box-like member enters the prize winning opening. ), I.e., when the prize winning hole electric role is in the retracted state, the game ball can enter the box-like member (and in the prize winning slot), while the prize winning In the case where the mouthpiece is in the advanced state, it is configured so that the game ball cannot enter the box-like member (and thus in the big prize opening) (this box-like member is substantially sealed). Also good. In particular, it is desirable that the configuration be applied to the first grand prize opening (a big prize opening provided below one of the two big prize openings).

  In this example, the special winning opening to be opened at the time of executing the special game is configured such that the distribution large winning opening 2220 is opened in the odd round and the normal winning opening 2120 is opened in the even round. It may be configured such that the normal prize winning opening 2120 is opened in the odd-numbered round and the distribution big winning opening 2220 is opened in the even-numbered round. Further, the positional relationship between the normal prize winning opening 2120 and the distribution big winning prize opening 2220 may be reversed.

  Note that the pachinko gaming machine in this example is configured to determine whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred depending on whether or not the counter values of the distribution winning prize counter 1174e and the discharge number counter 1174f match. The method for determining the discharge ball abnormality is not limited to this. For example, a winning / discharging number counter capable of measuring both the winning ball and the discharging ball is provided (the initial value of the counter value is 0) and winning When a ball is detected, 1 is added to the counter value, and when a discharge ball is detected, 1 is subtracted from the counter value. You may comprise so that it may determine with the number agree | coinciding (it becomes a discharge ball abnormality when the said counter value is not 0). In such a configuration, the counter is not reset when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected (or eliminated) at the start of the shielding member driving round (9R in this example). Is desirable.

(Third embodiment)
In the present embodiment, a round for opening the second big prize opening having the specific area and a round for opening the first big prize opening not having the specific area are set using a plurality of big prize openings. Thus, only in a predetermined round, it is configured to execute a distributed game that causes a game ball to enter a specific area (acquires the right to transition to a probability-variable game state after the end of a special game). It is not limited, and even a gaming machine having only one big winning opening can be configured to execute a distributed game only in a predetermined round. Therefore, an example of such a configuration is referred to as a third embodiment, and only differences from the present embodiment will be described in detail below.

  In the gaming machine according to the third embodiment, the special game control means 1170 measures a discharge waiting time that is a time for waiting for the game ball to be discharged after the opening of the special winning opening 2120 is completed. A discharge waiting timer 1174d for counting and a discharge number counter 1174f for counting discharged balls.

  First, FIG. 82 is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the third embodiment. In the third embodiment, only one grand prize opening 2120 is provided, and the special prize opening 2120 has a specific area 2224 in which a game ball can enter (special). When a game ball enters the specific area 2224 within a predetermined period during the game, it is determined that a transition to the probability-variable game state is made after the special game is finished). Further, it is a member related to whether or not a game ball can enter the specific area 2224, and when the game ball is in the open state, the game ball can easily enter the specific area 2224, and in the closed state, the game ball is in the specific area. Shield member 2224a that is difficult to enter (or cannot enter) 2224 (not shown in the figure, but when the specific area 2224 is in the form of a entrance, the valve member that covers the entrance Such a member). As shown in the figure, a game ball flowing down the right side of the game area 120 (referenced at the center of the game area) is easily guided to the prize winning opening 2120, and flows down the left side of the game area 120 (referenced at the center of the game area). It is configured that the game ball to be guided is difficult to be guided (however, the present invention is not limited to this, and the game ball flowing down both may be easily guided).

  Next, FIG. 83 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of step 1600 (third) (corresponding to step 2100 of FIG. 11 in the present embodiment) in the third embodiment. First, in step 1602, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b and determines whether or not the discharge ball abnormality flag is off. In the case of Yes in step 1602, in other words, if the discharge ball is not abnormal, in step 1604, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, and the discharge waiting flag is off. It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1604, in step 1606, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b and determines whether or not the special game transition permission flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 1606, in step 1608 and step 1610, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the special game transition permission flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and special game. Turn on the execution flag. Next, at step 1612, the special game execution control means 1173 sets an initial value (1 in this example) to a round number counter (not shown) in the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Next, in step 1614, the special game execution control unit 1173 sets information (special game start display instruction command) to start the special game in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub-main control unit side. (Sent to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200), and proceeds to step 1950 (third).

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1606, in step 1616, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b and determines whether or not the special game execution flag is on. If YES in step 1616, the process proceeds to step 1950 (third). In the case of No in step 1616, the special game execution control unit 1173 determines that the special game permission is not granted, and proceeds to the next process (process of step 3000).

  Next, in step 1950 (third), the special game execution control means 1173 executes a round execution initial process, which will be described later. Next, in step 1618, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the counter value of the winning number counter 1175d and determines whether or not a predetermined number (for example, ten balls) of winning balls has been placed in the big winning opening 2120 in the round. To do. If Yes in step 1618, the process proceeds to step 1622. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1618, in step 1620, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game timer 1176t (especially the open time timer), and a predetermined time for opening the big prize opening has been set (set). It is determined whether or not the big winning opening by the opening pattern has been completed). Also in the case of Yes in step 1620, the process proceeds to step 1622. If the answer is No in Step 1620, the process proceeds to the next process (the process in Step 3000).

  Next, in step 1622, the special game execution control means 1173 stops driving the grand prize opening electric accessory 2122 of the big prize opening 2120 and closes the big prize opening 2120 (opening / closing of the big prize opening electric combination 2122 The special winning opening 2120 is configured to be opened only during a period in which the solenoid according to the above is excited). Next, in step 1624, the special game execution control unit 1173 resets a special game timer 1176t (particularly, an opening time timer). Next, in step 1626, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the round continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b. Next, in step 1628, the special game execution control means 1173 sets a predetermined value (in this example, the game ball that has entered the big prize opening 2120 to the specific area entrance sensor or the exit ball detection sensor in the discharge waiting timer 1174d. 2540 ms), which is a sufficient time detected in this manner, is set and started. Next, in step 1629, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the discharge waiting flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and proceeds to step 1630. Note that if the answer is No in Step 1604, the process proceeds to Step 1630.

  Next, in step 1630, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the discharge waiting timer 1174d and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 1630, in step 1632, the special game execution control means 1173 indicates that the currently executed round is a distributed game execution round (a round relating to whether or not a game ball can enter the specific area 2224). Then, it is determined whether or not it is the second and fourth rounds. In the case of Yes in step 1632, in step 1634, the special game execution control unit 1173 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area 2224 in the currently executed round. In the case of Yes in step 1634, in step 1636, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the main game probability change transition reservation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and proceeds to step 1638. Note that if the answer is No in step 1604, step 1632, or step 1634, the process proceeds to step 1638. In the case of No in step 1630, the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000).

  Next, in step 1638, the special game execution control means 1173 performs sub-main control on a game state command related to the current special game (for example, information on the number of rounds currently being executed and the number of winning game balls). Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to the unit 2320 side (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Next, in step 1640, the special game execution control means 1173 receives a winning number counter 1175d (counts the number of game balls entered into the big winning opening) and a discharged number counter 1174f {game balls discharged from the big winning opening. The number (for example, the number of game balls detected by the discharge ball detection sensor or the specific area entrance sensor) is referred to} to determine whether or not the number of winnings and the number of discharges match. In the case of Yes in step 1640, in other words, if there is no discharge ball abnormality, in step 1641, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and the discharge ball abnormality Turn off the flag. Next, in step 1642, the special game execution control means 1173 adds 1 to the counter value of the round number counter (not shown) in the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Next, in Step 1643, the special game execution control means 1173 closes the shielding member 2224a to end the opening pattern, and proceeds to Step 1646.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1640, in other words, if a discharge ball abnormality has occurred, in step 1644, the special game execution control means 1173 is in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Turn on the sphere abnormality flag. Next, in step 1645, the special game execution control unit 1173 sends a command for sending a discharge ball abnormality command (a command related to information indicating that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred) to the sub-main control unit side. The data is set in the buffer 1301 (transmitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200), and the process proceeds to step 1646.

  Next, in step 1646, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b and determines whether or not the final round has ended (for example, the number of rounds in the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b). It is determined whether or not the counter value of a counter (not shown) exceeds the maximum number of rounds. In the case of Yes in step 1646, in step 1647, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns off the special game execution flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b. Next, in step 1648, the special game execution control means 1173 stores the information (special game end display instruction command) to the effect of ending the special game in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmitting to the sub main control unit 2320 side. Set (sent to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200). Then, in step 1650 (third), the specific game control means 1180 executes a game state determination process after the end of the special game, which will be described later, and proceeds to the next process (process in step 3000). Even in the case of No in step 1646, the processing shifts to the next processing (processing in step 3000).

  Next, FIG. 84 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process according to the subroutine of Step 1950 (third) in FIG. 83 in the third embodiment. First, in step 1952, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b to determine whether or not the round continuation flag is off, in other words, immediately before the start of each round. It is determined whether or not there is. In the case of Yes in step 1952, that is, immediately before the start of each round, in step 1954, the special game execution control means 1173 determines that the currently executed round is the distribution game execution round (in this example, the second R · 4R). It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1954, in step 1956, the special game execution control means 1173 determines whether or not the currently stopped main game symbol is a long open symbol (in this example, 3B / 5B / 7A / 7B). To do. In the case of Yes in step 1956, in step 1958, the special game execution control means 1173 sets a distribution length release pattern (52 ms open → 2600 ms closed → 28800 ms open → closed) as the open pattern of the big prize opening 2120. Migrate to On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1956, in step 1962, the special game execution control unit 1173 sets the short distribution opening pattern (52 ms open → closed) as the open pattern of the big prize opening 2120, and proceeds to step 1960.

  Next, in Step 1960, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the opening pattern A (52 ms open → 2600 ms closed → 31340 ms open → 2000 ms closed → 52 ms open → closed) as the open pattern of the shielding member 2224a. Transition.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1954, in other words, in the case of a round (normal round) that is not a distribution game execution round, in step 1966, the special game execution control means 1173 has a normal opening pattern as an opening pattern of the big prize opening 2120. Set (28800 ms open → closed). Next, in Step 1968, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the opening pattern B (normally closed) as the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a, and the process proceeds to Step 1970.

  As described above, when the big prize opening 2120 is opened in the distribution length release pattern in the allocation game execution round (that is, in the round assuming entry into the specific area 2224), It is opened multiple times, and the total opening time of the big prize opening 2120 in this distribution game execution round (in this example, 52 ms + 28800 ms = 28852 ms) is longer than the total opening time of the big winning opening 2120 in the normal round (28800 ms). It is comprised so that it may become. Further, in the distribution game execution round in which the winning prize opening 2120 is opened with the distribution length releasing pattern, the total opening time of the winning prize opening 2120 (28852 ms in this example) is the total closing time of the winning prize opening 2120 ( In this example, the time is longer than 2600 ms. Further, in the round, the maximum value of the one-time opening time of the big prize opening 2120 (in this example, 28800 ms) is longer than the maximum value of the closing time of the big prize opening 2120 (in this example, 2600 ms). It is comprised so that it may become. With such a configuration, in the distribution game execution round, when the big winning opening 2120 is opened in the distribution length releasing pattern (that is, in the round assuming the entry into the specific area 2224), the big winning opening This makes it easier to enter a game ball in 2120. Note that this example is merely an example, and the opening mode of the big prize opening 2120 is not limited to this. For example, after performing a short opening operation of 52 ms during a certain distribution game execution round, You may comprise so that long opening (for example, 5000 ms opening) with easy entering may be performed several times.

  Next, in step 1970, the special game execution control means 1173 clears the counter value of the winning number counter 1175d to zero. Next, in step 1972, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the round continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b. Next, in step 1974, the special game execution control means 1173 drives the special prize opening electric accessory 2122 of the special prize opening 2120 to open the special prize opening 2120, and a special game timer 1176t (particularly, an opening time timer). To start the next process (the process of step 1618).

  Next, FIG. 85 is a flowchart of the gaming state determination processing after the end of the special game according to the subroutine of Step 1650 (third) in FIG. 83 in the third embodiment. First, in step 1680, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and determines whether or not the main game probability change transition reservation flag is on. In the case of Yes in step 1680, in step 1682, the specific game control means 1180 turns off the main game probability change transition reservation flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in step 1652, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number A (80 times in this example) in the probability variation number counter 1181a. Next, in step 1654, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the main game probability change flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195. Next, in step 1656, the specific game control means 1180 sets a predetermined number of times (80 times in this example) in the hour / short number counter 1181b, and proceeds to step 1658.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1680, in step 1688, the specific game control means 1180 refers to the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and the executed special game is a special game won in the time-reduced game state. It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1688, in step 1690, the specific game control means 1180 sets the predetermined number of times A (80 times in this example) to the hour / short number counter 1181b, and proceeds to step 1658. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1688, in step 1686, the specific game control means 1180 sets the predetermined number of times B (50 times in this example) in the time-count counter 1181b, and proceeds to step 1658.

  In step 1658, the specific game control unit 1180 turns on the main game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage unit 1195. Next, in step 1660, the specific game control means 1180 turns on the auxiliary game short time flag in the flag area of the specific game related information temporary storage means 1195, and shifts to the next process (process of step 3000).

  As described above, in the third embodiment, the game ball does not enter the specific area 2224 during the special game, and after the special game, the game proceeds to the non-stochastic game state and the time reduction game state. If the game state at the time of the stop of the main game that triggered the transition of the special game (at the time of the big hit) is a time-reduced game state, the stop of the main game symbol that triggered the transition of the special game Compared with the case where the gaming state at the time (big hit) is a non-time-reduced gaming state, a greater number of times are saved. In this example, if a big hit is made during the time-saving gaming state, even if the probability varying gaming state is not reached after the special game related to the big jacking is finished, if the big winning is achieved, the probability varying game after the special game ends. As a remedy for not transitioning to the probability-variable gaming state after the end of the special game related to the jackpot in the gaming state that is supposed to transition to the state, the case of entering the probability-variable gaming state after the end of the special game Although it is configured to set the upper limit number of times of variation in the time-reduced gaming state of the same number (80 times in this example), it is not limited to this, and the special game related to the big hit in the non-time-reduced / non-stochastic variation gaming state More than the upper limit number of times of change in the time-reduced gaming state (50 in this example) in the case where the transition to the probability-variable gaming state is not made after completion, the transition to the probability-changing gaming state The number of times of change (for example, 70 times) less than the upper limit number of times in the time-reduced gaming state (80 in this example) can be set as the upper limit number of times of change in the time-reduced gaming state as a remedy measure. May be.

  Next, FIG. 86 is a main flowchart on the sub-control board 2000 side (particularly on the sub-main control unit 2320 side) in the third embodiment. The difference from the second embodiment is about step 2050 (third), and its purpose is to execute error notification. That is, in step 2050 (third), the effect display control means 2320 is an error notification (for example, notification by voice, screen, electric lamp, etc.) when an abnormal discharge ball command is received from the main side, The process proceeds to step 2100.

  Next, FIG. 87 is an operation diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart related to the opening of the special winning opening in the normal round) in the third embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the third round (ordinary round) to the start of the fourth round (distribution round) during the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the third round of the special game, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (28800 ms open → closed), and the big prize opening 2120 The winning validity period (and the discharge ball detection period) is started (valid). Further, since the third round is not a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is not opened and the specific area 2224 is not effective.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, due to the end of the opening of the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls to the special winning opening). Thus, the special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for detection (and discharge) of game balls remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (and the closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). In addition, the winning validity period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the big winning opening 2120 continues.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, a sufficient period (1700 ms in this example) has passed after the winning prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period) in which the winning of the game ball in the winning prize opening 2120 is detected. As a result, the winning validity period for the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid).

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, a sufficient period (1700 + 700 ms in this example) elapses after the winning prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period) in which the discharge of game balls in the winning prize opening 2120 is detected. As a result, the presence or absence of abnormal discharge balls (whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls are different) is determined. Here, in this example, since the discharge ball abnormality is not detected, the discharge ball detection period ends. When an abnormal discharge ball is detected, the discharge ball detection period is extended until recovery from the abnormal discharge ball (for example, the number of winning balls = the number of discharged balls or when the power is turned on again).

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the preparation period for starting the next round (fourth round) has elapsed since the discharge ball detection period has ended (the discharge ball abnormality has not been detected). The fourth round will be started as an opportunity. The preparation period for the start of the next round is “preparation period when no discharge ball abnormality is detected” ≧ “preparation period when discharge ball abnormality is detected” {eg, when no abnormality is detected: 60 ms, when abnormality is detected : 4 ms (time for one interrupt)} (because when a discharge ball abnormality is detected, processing related to preparation for the next round can be executed during the extended discharge ball detection period).

  Next, FIG. 88 is an action diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart related to “long opening” of the big winning opening in the distribution round) in the third embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the second round (distribution round) to the start of the third round (normal round) during the special game related to the big hit symbol “7A” will be described.

  First, the upper part of the figure is a timing chart when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected. At the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the second round of special games, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing) The winning validity period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the winning opening 2120 starts (becomes valid). Further, since the second round is a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms open → 2600 ms closed → 31340 ms open → 2000 ms closed → 52 ms open → closed) and to the specific area 2224. The entry valid period of is started.

  Next, until the timing of 2 to 3 in the figure, according to the opening pattern of the big prize opening 2120 and the shielding member 2224a, the big prize opening 2120 and the shielding member 2224a are temporarily closed. It should be noted that, during the temporary closing period, the winning effective period for the big winning opening 2120 and the effective entering period for the specific area 2224 continue (become valid), but this is only an example, and the present invention is limited to this. For example, during the temporary closing of the big prize opening 2120 (and the shielding member 2224a) {or the progress of a predetermined period (for example, 1700 ms for waiting for winning, 1700 + 700 ms for waiting for discharging, etc.) from the start of the temporary closing After}, winning to the big winning opening 2120 or entering the specific area 2224 is invalid (the intention is not to grant the right to transition to the winning ball or the probability-changing gaming state, and counts as winnings and dischargings) ).

  Next, at timing 4 in the figure, the opening of the special winning opening 2120 has ended (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls in the special winning opening). Thus, the special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for detection (and discharge) of game balls remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (and the closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). In addition, the winning validity period (and the discharged ball detection period, the winning validity period to the specific area 2224) to the big winning opening 2120 continues.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, a sufficient period (in this example, 1700 ms) for detecting the winning of the game ball in the big prize opening 2120 has elapsed after the big prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period). As a result, the winning validity period for the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid).

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, after the big winning opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period), the discharge of the game ball (and the entering into the specific area 2224) in the big winning opening 2120 is sufficiently detected. When the period (1700 + 700 ms in this example) has passed (or according to a predetermined opening pattern), the shielding member 2224a is closed (and the subsequent opening pattern is stopped), and the entry into the specific area 2224 is effective. At the end of the period, it is determined whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball (whether the number of winning balls is different from the number of discharged balls).

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the preparation period for starting the next round (third round) has elapsed since the discharge ball detection period has ended (the discharge ball abnormality has not been detected). As a trigger, the third round will be started.

  Next, the lower part of the figure is a timing chart when the discharge ball abnormality is detected. Here, the operation from the lower stage 1 to 5 in the figure is the same as the operation from 1 to 5 in the upper stage in the figure, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  Next, at the timing indicated by a in the figure, after the grand prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period), the discharge of the game balls in the big prize opening 2120 (and the entry into the specific area 2224) is sufficiently detected. When the period (in this example, 1700 + 700 ms) has passed (or according to a predetermined opening pattern), the shielding member 2224a is closed, and the ball entry valid period to the specific area 2224 is terminated, The presence / absence (whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls is different) is determined. Here, since an abnormal discharge ball is detected, the discharge ball detection period is extended.

  Next, at the timings from b to c in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern. Note that the opening of the shielding member 2224a is intended to eliminate the clogging of the balls, and it is supplemented that the ball entering the specific area 2224 is invalid.

  Next, in this example, the case where the discharge ball abnormality is recovered at the timing d in the figure is illustrated, and the discharge ball abnormality is recovered (return from the discharge ball abnormality) at the same timing. The detection period ends. In addition, during the discharge ball abnormality of a to d in the figure, as soon as the discharge ball abnormality is recovered, the shielding member 2224a is closed (predetermined opening pattern is stopped) and the discharge ball detection period is ended, and a preparation period (for example, 4 ms) will be started.

  Next, at the timing of e in the figure, after the discharge ball detection period ends (the discharge ball abnormality is not detected), a preparation period for starting the next round (third round) (in this example, Since the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the third round is started when 4 ms) elapses.

  Next, FIG. 89 is an action diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart related to “short opening” of the big winning opening in the distribution round) in the third embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the second round (distribution round) to the start of the third round (normal round) during the special game related to the big hit symbol “4A” will be described.

  First, the upper part of the figure is a timing chart when the discharge ball abnormality is not detected. At the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the second round of special games, the grand prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms open → closed), and the prize winning opening 2120 is won. An effective period (and a discharge ball detection period) starts (becomes valid). Further, since the second round is a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms open → 2600 ms closed → 31340 ms open → 2000 ms closed → 52 ms open → closed) and to the specific area 2224. The entry valid period of is started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, due to the end of the opening of the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls to the special winning opening). Thus, the special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for detection (and discharge) of game balls remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (and the closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). In addition, the winning validity period (and the discharged ball detection period, the winning validity period to the specific area 2224) to the big winning opening 2120 continues.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, a sufficient period (1700 ms in this example) has passed after the winning prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period) in which the winning of the game ball in the winning prize opening 2120 is detected. As a result, the winning validity period for the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid).

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, after the big winning opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period), the discharge of the game ball (and the entering into the specific area 2224) in the big winning opening 2120 is sufficiently detected. When the period (in this example, 1700 + 700 ms) has elapsed, the shielding member 2224a is stopped from the subsequent opening pattern, the entry valid period to the specific area 2224 ends, and whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball (winning ball) Whether or not the number of the discharged balls is different from the number of discharged balls).

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, the preparation period for starting the next round (third round) has elapsed since the discharge ball detection period has ended (the discharge ball abnormality has not been detected). As a trigger, the third round will be started.

  Next, the lower part of the figure is a timing chart when the discharge ball abnormality is detected. Here, the operation from the lower stage 1 to 3 in the figure is the same as the operation from 1 to 3 in the upper part of the figure, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  Next, at the timing indicated by a in the figure, after the grand prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period), the discharge of the game balls in the big prize opening 2120 (and the entry into the specific area 2224) is sufficiently detected. When the period (in this example, 1700 + 700 ms) has elapsed, the valid entry period for the specific area 2224 ends, and whether there is an abnormal discharge ball (whether the number of winning balls is different from the number of discharged balls) Here, since the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the discharge ball detection period is extended, and the opening based on the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a is also continued.

  Next, at the timings from b to c in the figure, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern. Note that the opening of the shielding member 2224a is intended to eliminate the clogging of the balls, and it is supplemented that the ball entering the specific area 2224 is invalid.

  Next, in this example, the case where the discharge ball abnormality is recovered at the timing d in the figure is illustrated, and the discharge ball abnormality is recovered (return from the discharge ball abnormality) at the same timing. The detection period ends. In addition, during the discharge ball abnormality of a to d in the figure, as soon as the discharge ball abnormality is recovered, the shielding member 2224a is closed (predetermined opening pattern is stopped) and the discharge ball detection period is ended, and a preparation period (for example, 4 ms) will be started.

  Next, at the timing of e in the figure, after the discharge ball detection period ends (the discharge ball abnormality is not detected), a preparation period for starting the next round (third round) (in this example, Since the discharge ball abnormality is detected, the third round is started when 4 ms) elapses.

  With the configuration as described above, even in a gaming machine according to the third embodiment that has only one big prize opening, it is possible to go to a specific area provided in the big prize opening by a big hit symbol (and a round to be executed). A special game for each jackpot symbol by configuring the driving pattern of the shielding member that restricts the entry of the game (for example, the drive pattern that allows a game ball to enter a specific area and the closed pattern when it cannot be entered). It is possible to set whether or not to shift to the probability variation gaming state after the end. Further, by reducing the number of winning prize openings, the number of members is reduced, and the production cost of the gaming machine is also reduced. In addition, regardless of the jackpot symbol, in the predetermined round (in this example, the second round and the fourth round), it is configured to drive the shielding member in a predetermined opening pattern, so that the configuration of the game can be secured. It becomes.

  In the third embodiment, the shielding member 2224a performs an opening operation in a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing) regardless of the big hit symbol in the distribution game execution round, When a predetermined time elapses from the end of the opening, the execution of the predetermined opening pattern is stopped and the shielding member 2224a is closed to enter the specific area 2224 when the big winning opening is short opened and long opened. It is configured to have different ball ease (difficult to enter when short open, easy to enter when long open), but is not limited to this. While opening with an opening pattern (for example, 28800 opening → closing), (1) the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a is set to “long opening: 31 according to the big hit symbol. 40 ms open → closed ”and“ short open: 52 ms open → closed (the opening of the big prize opening and the opening of the shielding member are simultaneous, and the game ball that has entered the big winning opening reaches the shielding member. Since it is configured to require 52 ms or more, it is difficult to enter the specific area 2224), or (2) the open pattern of the shielding member 2224a is set to “long open: 31340 ms according to the big hit symbol”. (3) The purpose of not entering the specific area 2224 or invalid entering the game according to the jackpot symbol (not granting the right to transition to the probability-variable gaming state) It is also possible to determine that the number of discharged balls is counted).

(Modification 1 from the third embodiment)
In the third embodiment, in the distribution game non-execution round (normal round), it is configured so that the game ball cannot enter the specific area by always closing the shielding member. However, the present invention is not limited to this. Even if the shielding member is driven even in an open pattern where it is difficult to enter a specific area, the same effect as in the third embodiment can be obtained. Accordingly, an example of such a configuration is referred to as a first modification from the third embodiment, and only the changes from the third embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 90 is a flowchart of a round execution initial process according to the subroutine of Step 1950 in FIG. 83 in Modification 1 from the third embodiment. The changes from the third embodiment are about Step 1966 (Third Modification 1) and Step 1968 (Third Modification 1), and the purpose thereof is to change the shielding member 2224a in the non-execution round (ordinary round). The game ball is driven in an open pattern in which it is difficult to enter the specific area 2224. That is, in the case of No in step 1954, in other words, in the case where the round is a non-execution round for distribution game (rounds other than the second R and fourth R), in step 1966 (third modification 1), the special game execution control The means 1173 sets a normal opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing) as the opening pattern of the special winning opening 2120. Next, in step 1968 (third variation 1), the special game execution control means 1173 sets the opening pattern C (52 ms open → closed) as the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a, and proceeds to step 1970.

  Next, FIG. 91 is an operation diagram related to special games (particularly, a timing chart related to opening of a big winning opening in a normal round) in Modification 1 from the third embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the third round (ordinary round) to the start of the fourth round (distribution round) during the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the third round of the special game, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing). The winning validity period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the big winning opening 2120 is started (valid). Further, although the third round is not a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → closing), and a ball entering effective period into the specific area 2224 is started.

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, according to the opening pattern of the prize winning opening 2120, the prize winning opening 2120 is temporarily closed until the timing of 3 in the figure. Further, the shielding member 2224a is closed according to the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a.

  Next, at timing 4 in the figure, the opening of the special winning opening 2120 has ended (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls in the special winning opening). Thus, the special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for detection (and discharge) of game balls remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (and the closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). In addition, the winning validity period (and the discharged ball detection period, the winning validity period to the specific area 2224) to the big winning opening 2120 continues.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, a sufficient period (in this example, 1700 ms) for detecting the winning of the game ball in the big prize opening 2120 has elapsed after the big prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period). As a result, the winning validity period for the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid).

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, when a sufficient period (1700 + 700 ms in this example) for detecting the discharge of game balls in the big prize opening 2120 has elapsed after the big prize opening 2120 is closed, The presence / absence of an abnormal discharge ball (whether the number of winning balls and the number of discharged balls are different) is determined, and the effective period of entering the specific area 2224 ends. Here, in this example, since the discharge ball abnormality is not detected, the discharge ball detection period ends. When an abnormal discharge ball is detected, the discharge ball detection period is extended until recovery from the abnormal discharge ball (for example, the number of winning balls = the number of discharged balls or when the power is turned on again). Further, in this example, it is configured that the ball entering the specific area 2224 is valid until a predetermined period after the end of opening (and closing period) of the grand prize opening 2120 elapses. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when a predetermined period (for example, 1700 + 700 ms, which is a sufficient period for detecting a ball entering the specific area 2224) has elapsed from the end of opening (and closing period) of the shielding member 2224a, You may comprise so that the subsequent entrance into the specific area 2224 may be invalidated.

  Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the preparation period for starting the next round (fourth round) has elapsed since the discharge ball detection period has ended (the discharge ball abnormality has not been detected). The fourth round will be started as an opportunity.

  By changing as described above, in the gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the third embodiment, the game ball can easily enter the specific area as the opening pattern of the shielding member provided in the big winning opening. It has an opening pattern (opening pattern A) and a short opening pattern (opening pattern C) in which a game ball is difficult to enter in a specific area. Since the opening pattern and the short opening pattern are the same operation, even when the shielding member is driven with the short opening pattern, the big winning opening and the shielding member are driven with the long opening pattern (expectation of profits for the player). It is possible to give the player a sense of expectation and improve the fun of the game. In this example, the winning opening 2120 is configured to be opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (52 ms opening → 2600 ms closing → 28800 ms opening → closing), but the present invention is not limited to this. You may comprise so that the opening | mouth 2120 can be opened according to the opening pattern (28800ms opening-> closing) which opens only once. In that case, since the entrance of the special winning opening 2120 does not assume the entrance to the specific area 2224, even if the game ball enters during the release period, the game ball does not enter the specific area 2224. The opening mode of the shielding member 2224a and the internal structure of the big winning opening (for example, a game ball that has entered the big winning opening 2120 takes 52 ms or more until it reaches the shielding member 2224a that blocks entry into the specific area 2224. It is preferable to adopt a configuration having a required flow path.

  The above embodiment and modification examples are merely examples, and the present invention is not limited to this. Based on the big hit symbol (or the big hit on the first main game side or the big hit on the second main game side) You may comprise so that the round (distribution round) which performs a split game may be determined. For example, in the case of a big hit on the first main game side, the distribution game may be executed in the sixth round, and in the case of a big hit on the second main game side, the distribution game may be executed in the fourth round. In the case of a big hit on the first main game side, the minimum execution round number in the special game is 6 rounds, and in the case of a big hit on the second main game side, the minimum execution round number in the special game is 4 rounds (that is, rounds). (The distribution game is executed in rounds equal to or less than the minimum number of rounds displayed on the number indicator lamp), and the distribution game can be executed in any big hit.

  Note that this example is merely an example, and the present invention is not limited to this, and a special game execution round may be provided in which the special winning opening (and the specific area 2224) is opened only for a very short time (for example, 52 ms). (In this case, since it is not assumed that a ball enters the specific area 2224 in the round, the shielding member 2224a prevents the game ball from entering the specific area 2224 even if the game ball enters during the opening period. It is preferable to have an open mode and a configuration inside the special winning opening). Further, in such a configuration, since it is difficult for the player to obtain a ball in the opening for a very short time, on the effect display device 2140, “From the actual number of rounds of the special game, “The number of rounds that will be opened for a very short period of time” can be notified that a round that makes it easy to win a ball will be executed {for example, winning a ball scheduled to be executed during the special game A configuration that displays images of balls for the number of easy rounds and performs an effect such that the display mode changes (or disappears) each time a round of easy winning is started (or finished) May be. Further, the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be configured to display on the effect display device 2140 a round that has already been executed during the special game and that makes it easy to obtain a game. By configuring in this way, the player can visually recognize how many rounds in which a game can be obtained have been executed. In addition, during the special game, it is not necessary to perform the round notification that makes it easy to acquire the scheduled ball or the round that facilitates the execution of the executed ball in every special game. It may be configured to be executed only during a special game at the time of (a jackpot won in a non-stochastic game state and a time-reduced game state), or according to a special game related to the first main game side and a second main game side Whether or not the special game is executed may be different.

  In addition, in the third embodiment and the modified example 1 from the third embodiment, the mode in which only one big prize opening is provided has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. You may comprise so that a specific area | region (and shielding member) may be provided also in a (or several) special winning opening. In such a configuration, it is possible to increase the variation of the execution mode of the special game by changing the ease of entering the respective winning holes, the number of winning balls, and the like.

  In addition, in the third embodiment and the modified example 1 from the third embodiment, the so-called tamasei type gaming machine has been described. However, in these examples, the big winning opening and the opening mode of the shielding member (and the specific area) are described. The concept is related to certain benefits (especially points other than the prize ball, such as the right to transition to special games, the right to perform a subsequent round, time reduction, etc.) by entering a specific area in the special winning opening The right to transition to the gaming state and / or the probability variation gaming state (or the number of continuous upper limit fluctuations in the short time / probability variation state), and other predetermined gaming states (for example, variation modes and / or effects of the main gaming symbol and the auxiliary gaming symbol) , Etc.) (for example, conventional two types of gaming machines and one type of one type small per game development type). Also suitable for It can keep supplement that it is.

(Fourth embodiment)
In the third embodiment, the distribution game execution round related to whether or not the game ball has entered the specific area and the normal round in which the game ball does not enter the specific area are executed using only one big winning opening. However, such a configuration is not limited to this, and the allocation game execution round and the normal round using only one big winning opening are executed with a configuration different from the third embodiment. It is possible to configure. Therefore, an example of such a configuration is referred to as a fourth embodiment, and only differences from the third embodiment will be described in detail below.

  In the fourth embodiment, a round waiting timer 1177t for measuring the round waiting time, which is the time between rounds at the time of executing the special game, and a big winning that detects a game ball entering the big winning opening 2120. A mouth winning detection device 2121, a big winning mouth discharge ball detecting device 2124 for detecting game balls discharged from the big winning port 2120, and a winning number counter 1175d for counting the number of game balls that enter the big winning port 2120. And a discharge number counter 1174f that counts the number of game balls discharged from inside the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the number of game balls detected by a discharge ball detection sensor or a specific area entrance sensor).

  First, FIG. 92 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of step 1600 (third) in the fourth embodiment. Differences from the third embodiment are step 1649-1 (fourth) to step 1649-7 (fourth), step 3050 (fourth), and step 1950 (fourth), that is, discharging in step 1602 If the ball abnormality flag is off, in step 1649-1 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the round standby timer 1177t, and determines whether or not the timer value is zero. In the case of Yes in step 1649-1 (fourth), the process proceeds to step 1604, and in the case of No, it is determined that the round waiting time is in progress, and the process proceeds to the next process (process in step 3000).

  In addition, after setting the special game start display instruction command in step 1614 or when the special game execution flag is ON, in step 3050 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 outputs a discharge status, which will be described later. Execute the setting process. Next, in step 1950 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 executes round execution initial processing, which will be described later, and proceeds to step 1618.

  Also, after turning off the round continuation flag in step 1626, in step 1649-2 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and the round currently being executed is determined. It is determined whether it is a discharge ball abnormality determination round. Here, the discharge ball abnormality determination round is (1) a round immediately before the allocation game execution round (the third round in the fourth embodiment), and (2) an allocation game execution round (in the fourth embodiment). , The fourth round), and (3) the final round (in the fourth embodiment, the sixteenth round). Although details will be described later, this configuration makes it possible to minimize the opportunity (round) to determine whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred and to make the time between rounds relatively short. It is configured so that the execution time of the special game can be shortened.

  In the case of Yes in step 1649-2 (fourth), in step 1649-3 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 adds the discharge monitoring execution time (monitoring of the discharged ball abnormality) to the timer value of the discharge waiting timer 1174d. This is a discharge standby time for execution, which is longer than when the discharge ball abnormality is not monitored. In this example, 3000 ms) is set to start the timer, and the process proceeds to step 1629. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1649-2 (fourth), in step 1649-4 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 adds the discharge monitoring non-execution time (discharge ball abnormality) to the timer value of the discharge standby timer 1174d. This is a discharge waiting time when no monitoring is performed, and is shorter than when the monitoring of the discharge ball abnormality is performed. In this example, 940 ms) is set and the timer is started. Transition.

  In step 1638, after setting the game state information command related to the special game, in step 1649-5 (fourth), the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, It is determined whether or not the currently executed round is a discharge ball abnormality determination round. In the case of Yes in step 1649-5 (fourth), the process proceeds to step 1640 to execute a process for determining whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred, and in the case of No, the process proceeds to step 1646.

  Also, after setting the special game end display instruction command in step 1648, in step 1649-6 (fourth), the special game control means 1170 clears the set discharge status and proceeds to step 1650. Here, the discharge status is a status (state) relating to the monitoring of the winning ball and the discharged ball during execution of the special game, and in this process, the discharge status is cleared when the special game is completed.

  If the final round has not ended in step 1646, in step 1649-7 (fourth), the special game execution control means 1173 sets a predetermined value (round waiting time in the round waiting timer 1177t). Then, 60 ms) is set to start the timer, and the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000). In the fourth embodiment, the time value of the round standby time is only one type of 60 ms, but is not limited to this. For example, the round standby time and the discharge ball abnormality occur in the round in which the discharge ball abnormality occurs. You may comprise so that it may become a different time value from the round waiting time in the round which was not performed. Although details will be described later, the round waiting time in the fourth embodiment is longer than the time required for the shielding member 2224a to be in the closed state from the open state (20 ms in this example). .

  Next, FIG. 93 is a flowchart of the discharge status setting process according to the subroutine of Step 3050 (fourth) of FIG. 92 in the fourth embodiment. First, in step 3052, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the discharge standby timer 1174d, and determines whether or not the timer value is greater than 0, in other words, whether or not it is currently in standby for discharge. In the case of Yes in step 3052, in step 3054, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194, and the currently executed round is the distributed game execution round (in this example, the 4th R). It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 3054, in step 3056, the special game execution control unit 1173 sets “discharge waiting A” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to step 3070. Note that “waiting for discharge A” is a discharge status when the player is waiting for discharge and is in a round other than the sorting game execution round. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3054, in step 3058, the special game execution control means 1173 sets “discharge waiting B” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to step 3070. Note that “waiting for discharge B” is a discharge status when the player is waiting for discharge and is in the distribution game execution round.

  If NO in step 3052, in step 3060, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the round standby timer 1177 t and determines whether the timer value is greater than 0, in other words, whether the current round is in standby. Determine whether or not. In the case of Yes in Step 3060, in Step 3062, the special game execution control means 1173 sets “Waiting for Round” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to Step 3070. Note that “round waiting” is a discharge status in the case of a round waiting time between a certain round and the next round of the certain round.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3060, in step 3064, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194, and the currently executed round is the distribution game execution round (in this example, the first game execution round) 4R). In the case of Yes in step 3064, in step 3066, the special game execution control unit 1173 sets “discharge monitoring in progress A” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to step 3070. The “emission monitoring in progress A” is an emission status in the case where the emission monitoring is in a state of measuring the winning ball and the discharging ball to the grand prize winning opening 2120 and is a round other than the allocation game execution round. It has become. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3064, in step 3068, the special game execution control means 1173 sets “discharge monitoring B” as the current discharge status, and proceeds to step 3070. Note that “emission monitoring B” is an emission status in the case where the emission monitoring is in a state of measuring the winning ball and the discharging ball to the grand prize winning opening 2120 and the game is a distribution game execution round. Yes. As described above, in the fourth embodiment, any one of the discharge statuses is set during execution of the special game, and “discharge monitoring in progress A” and “discharge” are the discharge statuses related to the discharge monitoring. It is set depending on whether or not the running round is a sorting game execution round, such as “Monitoring B” and “Discharge standby A” and “Discharge standby B” which are discharge statuses related to discharge standby. The discharge status may be different.

  Next, in step 3070, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the set discharge status, and whether or not the currently set discharge status is “waiting for discharge B” or “monitoring discharge”. Determine. In the case of Yes in step 3070, in step 3072, the special game execution control means 1173 executes vibration sensor monitoring, and proceeds to the next process {step 1950 (fourth) process}. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 3070, in step 3074, the special game execution control unit 1173 does not perform monitoring of the vibration sensor 500, and proceeds to the next process {process of step 1950 (fourth)}. As described above, the fourth embodiment is configured to determine whether or not the vibration sensor 500 is to be monitored based on the set discharge status, and the discharge status is “waiting for discharge A” even when waiting for discharge. Whether or not the vibration sensor 500 is monitored differs depending on whether it is “waiting for discharge B”, and the discharge status is “discharging monitoring A” or “discharging monitoring B” even during the discharge monitoring. Whether or not the vibration sensor 500 is monitored differs depending on whether or not. With this configuration, the vibration sensor 500 can be monitored only in the distribution game execution round that is important for the increase / decrease in the number of balls, that is, the vibration sensor 500 is monitored in a situation that is important in terms of security. In a situation where security is not so important, it is possible to reduce the execution time of the special game by not monitoring the vibration sensor 500 in a situation that is not so important in terms of security. It becomes. Further, by determining whether or not to monitor the vibration sensor 500 using the discharge status, the monitoring can be executed without providing a flag for determining whether or not the vibration sensor 500 is monitored. It is possible to reduce the amount of data used in the machine.

  Next, FIG. 94 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process according to the subroutine of step 1950 (fourth) of FIG. 92 in the fourth embodiment. First, in step 1976-1, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b to determine whether the round continuation flag is off, in other words, the start of each round. It is determined whether it is immediately before. In the case of Yes in Step 1976-1, in Step 1976-2, the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, and in the current distribution game execution round (in this example, 4R). It is determined whether or not there is. In the case of Yes in step 1976-2, in step 1976-3, the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and the currently stopped main game symbol is a long open symbol (in this example, 3B · 5A · 5B · 7A · 7B). In the fourth embodiment, there are three types of jackpot symbols: the first main game jackpot symbol “4A / 5A / 7A” and the second main game jackpot symbol “3B / 5B / 7B”. The long open symbol (a big hit symbol in which a big hit is made to open the big winning opening 2120 so that a game ball can easily enter the specific area 2224 in the distribution game execution round) is “3B, 5A, 5B, 7A”. -7B ", and the short-open symbol (a big-hit symbol in which a big hit that opens the big winning opening 2120 is executed so that the game ball is difficult to enter the specific area 2224 in the distributed game execution round) is" 4A " It has become. In the case of Yes in Step 1976-3, in Step 1976-4, the special game execution control means 1173 sets a distribution length release pattern (40 ms open → 3000 ms close → 28000 ms open → close) as the open pattern of the big prize opening 2120. Then, the process proceeds to step 1976-6. On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 1976-3, in Step 1976-5, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the distribution short opening pattern (40 ms opening → closing) as the opening pattern of the big prize opening 2120, and Step 1976 Move to -6. Thus, in the fourth embodiment, the opening pattern of the big winning opening 2120 in the sorting game execution round related to the presence or absence of entering the specific area 2224 may be different depending on the jackpot symbol that triggers the jackpot. . In addition, if the big hit execution rounds are different, the opening pattern of the big winning opening 2120 of the sorting game execution round may be different.

  Next, in step 1976-6, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the opening pattern A (40 ms opening → 3000 ms closing → 31000 ms opening → closing) as the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a, and proceeds to step 1976-9. . In the fourth embodiment, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is not completed when the driving time (opening pattern) is completed, but when the round being executed is completed (when the round waiting time is started). It is configured to kill.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in Step 1976-2, in other words, in the case of a round that is not a distributed game execution round (a normal round that is a round other than the fourth R), in Step 1976-7, the special game execution control means 1173 A normal opening pattern (28000 ms opening → closing) is set as the opening pattern of the big prize opening 2120. Next, in Step 1976-8, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the opening pattern B (normally closed) as the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a, and proceeds to Step 1976-9.

  Thus, in the fourth embodiment, as the opening pattern (opening / closing pattern) of the shielding member 2224a, when the execution round is the sorting game execution round, the opening pattern A, and when the execution round is the normal round The opening pattern B is configured so that the opening pattern of the shielding member 2224a can be different depending on the execution round, but it is configured not to be different depending on the jackpot symbol that triggers the jackpot.

  As described above, when the big prize opening 2120 is opened in the distribution length release pattern in the allocation game execution round (that is, in the round assuming entry into the specific area 2224), Opened multiple times, the total opening time of the big winning opening 2120 in this allocation game execution round (in this example, 40 ms + 28000 ms = 28040 ms) is the total opening time (28000 ms) of the big winning opening 2120 in the normal round and the distribution game execution The total winning opening 2120 in the round is configured to be longer than the total opening time (40 ms). Further, in the sorting game execution round in which the winning prize opening 2120 is opened with the distribution length releasing pattern, the total opening time of the winning prize opening 2120 (28040 ms in this example) is the total closing time of the winning prize opening 2120 ( In this example, it is configured to be longer than 3000 ms. Further, in the round, the maximum value of the one-time opening time of the big prize opening 2120 (28000 ms in this example) is longer than the maximum value of the closing time of the big prize opening 2120 (3000 ms in this example). It is comprised so that it may become. With such a configuration, in the distribution game execution round, when the big winning opening 2120 is opened in the distribution length releasing pattern (that is, in the round assuming the entry into the specific area 2224), the big winning opening This makes it easier to enter a game ball in 2120. In addition, this example is only an example, and is not limited to this, such as an opening mode of the grand prize winning opening 2120. For example, after performing a short opening operation of 40 ms during a certain distribution game execution round, You may comprise so that long opening (for example, 5000 ms opening) with easy entering may be performed several times.

  Next, in step 1976-9, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the first winning round in the current round as the big winning opening effective period (the period during which the game ball is valid to enter the big winning opening 2120). A period from the timing of opening the big winning opening to 940 ms after the closing timing of the final winning opening is set. As described above, in the fourth embodiment, the start timing of the big prize opening validity period is the first opening timing of the big prize opening 2120, and the end timing of the big prize opening validity period is that of the big prize opening 2120. Regardless of the opening pattern, it is the timing when a predetermined time (in this example, 940 ms) has elapsed since the last prize winning opening 2120 in the currently executed round was closed. In the fourth embodiment, the end timing of the end of the winning a prize opening is set to the timing when 940 ms has passed since the closing of the end of the winning a prize opening 2120. However, the present invention is not limited to this. As long as it is determined based on the pattern, the time value from the closing timing of the grand prize opening 2120 may be changed, or the final closing timing of the big prize opening 2120 may be reached. It may be from the first opening timing to the elapse of a predetermined time.

  Next, in step 1976-10, the special game execution control means 1173 sets the period from the opening timing of the first shielding member 2224a to the closing timing of the last shielding member 2224a in the currently executed round as the specific area effective period. set. Thus, in the fourth embodiment, the start timing of the specific area effective period is the first opening timing of the shielding member 2224a, and the end timing of the specific area effective period is the last closing timing of the shielding member 2224a. It has become. In the fourth embodiment, the specific area effective period is configured to be effective from the first opening timing to the last closing timing of the shielding member 2224a. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the effective period is the shielding member 2224a. For example, it may be configured to be valid until a predetermined time elapses from the last closing timing of the shielding member 2224a, or may be determined from the first opening timing of the shielding member 2224a. You may comprise so that it may become effective until time passes.

  Next, in step 1970, the special game execution control means 1173 clears the counter value of the winning number counter 1175d to zero. Next, in step 1972, the special game execution control unit 1173 turns on the round continuation flag in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b. Next, in step 1974, the special game execution control means 1173 drives the special prize opening electric accessory 2122 of the special prize opening 2120 to open the special prize opening 2120, and a special game timer 1176t (particularly, an opening time timer). To start the next process (the process of step 1618).

  Next, FIG. 95 is an action diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart relating to the opening of the special winning opening in the normal round) in the fourth embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the second round (ordinary round) to the start of the fourth round (distribution round) during the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the second round of the special game, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (28000 ms opening → closing), and the big prize opening 2120 The winning validity period (and the discharge ball detection period) is started (valid). Further, since the second round is not a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is not opened, and the specific area 2224 is not effective. In addition, “discharge monitoring in progress A” is set as the discharge status (set at the start of the first round).

  Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, due to the end of the opening of the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls to the special winning opening). Thus, the special winning opening 2120 is closed. In addition, in order to wait for the detection (and discharge) of the game ball remaining in the big prize opening 2120 for a predetermined period after the closing of the big prize opening 2120 (or a closing period which is a period until the big prize opening is completely closed). In addition, the winning validity period (and the discharge ball detection period) to the big winning opening 2120 continues. In addition, as described above, the time during which the winning validity period continues is from 940 ms after the closing timing of the special winning opening 2120.

  Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, a sufficient period (in this example, 940 ms) has elapsed after the winning prize opening 2120 is closed (and during the closing period) in which the winning of the game ball in the winning prize opening 2120 is detected. In response to this, the winning validity period for the special winning opening 2120 ends (becomes invalid), and a round waiting time starts as a preparation period for starting the next round.

  Next, at the timing of 4 in the figure, the third round is started when the round waiting time of 60 ms has passed. In response to the start of the third round, the grand prize winning opening 2120 is opened according to a predetermined opening pattern (28000 ms opening → closing), and the winning winning period of the big winning opening 2120 (and the discharge ball detection period) ) Is started (valid). Further, since the third round is not a sorting round, the shielding member 2224a is not opened and the specific area 2224 is not effective.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, due to the end of the opening of the special winning opening 2120 (for example, the completion of a predetermined opening pattern, or the completion of a predetermined number of 10 balls to the special winning opening). Thus, the special winning opening 2120 is closed. Similar to the second round, the time during which the winning validity period of the big prize opening 2120 continues is 940 ms after the closing timing of the big prize opening 2120. Also, “discharge standby A” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status is switched from “discharge monitoring A” to “discharge standby A”). As described above, in the fourth embodiment, “emission monitoring A” is continuously set as the discharge status from the start timing of the first round to the closing timing of the big prize opening 2120 of the third round. As a result, the winning balls and the discharging balls to the big winning opening 2120 from the special game start timing to the timing at which the discharge waiting time starts in the round immediately before the distribution game execution round (the third round in this example) Monitoring (measurement) can be performed collectively, and the time between rounds when executing a special game can be shortened.

  Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, when the 940 ms has passed since the closing timing of the winning prize opening 2120, the winning prize opening validity period ends. Next, at the timing of 7 in the figure, the round waiting time is started as a preparation period for starting the next round, with the discharge waiting time of 3000 ms having elapsed since the closing of the special winning opening 2120. As a discharge status, “waiting for round” is set (the discharge status is switched from “waiting for discharge A” to “waiting for round”).

  Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the fourth round is started when the round waiting time of 60 ms has passed.

  Thus, in the fourth embodiment, in the first to third rounds, there is no discharge waiting time, and the discharge ball abnormality is determined to determine whether the winning ball and the discharge ball are consistent. The determination of the presence / absence of the winning ball and the discharging ball in the period from the first round to the third round in the round immediately before the sorting game execution round (the third round in this example) It is configured so as to collectively determine whether or not the consistency is satisfied.

  Next, FIG. 96 is an operation diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart related to the opening of the big prize opening in the distributed game execution round) in the fourth embodiment. In this example, the operation of the fourth round (distribution game execution round) will be described.

  First, the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” in the upper part of the figure, that is, the case where the open mode of the big winning opening 2120 is long open will be described in detail.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, with the start of the fourth round of the special game, the winning prize opening 2120 follows the distribution length release pattern (40 ms open → 3000 ms closed → 28000 ms open → closed). As well as being released, the winning award period (and the discharged ball detection period) to the grand prize winning opening 2120 is started (becomes valid), the shielding member 2224a starts to open, and the specific area effective period is started. Next, at the timing 2 in the figure, the first opening (40 ms opening) in the sorting game execution round is completed, and the first closing (3000 ms closing) is started. Further, the shielding member 2224a is also closed in the same manner as the special winning opening 2120. Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the first closing in the sorting game execution round is completed, and the second opening (28000 ms opening) is started. Further, the shielding member 2224a is also opened in the same manner as the special winning opening 2120. Next, at the timing 4 in the figure, the second release (28000 ms release) in the sorting game execution round is completed, and the second closing (final closing) in the sorting game execution round is started. The discharge waiting time (3000 ms in this example) is started. In addition, “discharge standby B” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status is switched from “discharge monitoring B” to “discharge standby B”). As described above, in the fourth embodiment, even during the discharge monitoring, the discharge status in the distribution game execution round becomes “discharge monitoring B”, which is different from the “discharge monitoring A” in the normal round. It has become.

  Next, at the timing of 5 in the figure, when the 940 ms has elapsed since the last closing in the sorting game execution round of the big winning opening 2120, the big winning opening effective period ends. Next, at the timing of 6 in the figure, when the discharge standby time has elapsed, the driving of the shielding member 2224a ends, the effective period of the specific region 2224 ends, and the round standby time (60 ms in this example) starts. Is done. Next, in FIG. 7, the fifth round is started when the round waiting time (in this example, 60 ms) has elapsed. In the fourth embodiment, and in the fourth embodiment, the round standby time starts from the timing when the shielding member 2224a changes from the opened state to the closed state (timing 6 in the figure), and the shielding member 2224a is closed. Since the time required from the start to the closing time is 20 ms, which is shorter than the round waiting time of 60 ms, the shielding member is required until the next round (fifth round) is started. 2224a is configured to be closed. By configuring in this way, the shielding member 2224a is not fully closed even after the next round (the fifth round) of the sorting game execution round (the fourth round in this example) is started. It is possible to prevent an unintended situation in the design of the gaming machine such that a game ball that has entered the special winning opening 2120 enters the specific area 2224.

  Next, the case where the special game related to the big hit symbol “5A” in the lower part of FIG.

  First, the processing of timings 1-6 in the jackpot related to "5A" shown in the lower part of the figure is the same as the processing of timings 1-6 in the jackpot related to "7A" shown in the upper part of the figure. Detailed explanation is omitted. In addition, since the number of rounds to be executed for the jackpot related to “7A” is “4R”, “4R” which is the distribution game execution round shown in FIG. Therefore, since there is no next round in the “fourth R”, no round waiting time is provided, and the special game ends at the timing of 6 in the figure. As described above, in the fourth embodiment, in the allocation game execution round (the fourth R in this example), even if the open / close mode of the big prize opening 2120 is the same, the execution time of the round may be different (“7A”). (40 + 3000 + 28000 + 140 + 800 + 2060 + 60 = 34100 ms) in the case of the big hit relating to “40 + 3000 + 28000 + 140 + 800 + 2060 = 34040 ms” in the case of the big hit relating to “5A”).

  Next, FIG. 97 is an action diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart relating to the opening of the big prize opening in the distribution game execution round) in the fourth embodiment. In this example, the operation of the fourth round (distribution game execution round) in the special game related to the big hit symbol “4A”, that is, when the open mode of the big winning opening 2120 is short open will be described.

  First, at the timing of 1 in the figure, triggered by the start of the fourth round of special games, the big prize opening 2120 is opened according to the short distribution pattern (40 ms open → closed) and the big prize opening A winning validity period (and a discharge ball detection period) to 2120 is started (becomes valid), the shielding member 2224a starts to open, and a specific area effective period is started. Further, “discharge monitoring B” is set as the discharge status. Next, at the timing of 2 in the figure, the first opening (only one opening, 40 ms opening) in the sorting game execution round is completed, and the first closing (final closing) is started. At the same time, a discharge waiting time (3000 ms in this example) is started. Further, the shielding member 2224a is also closed in the same manner as the special winning opening 2120. The time for which the winning validity period of the big prize opening 2120 continues is from 940 ms after the closing timing of the big prize opening 2120. In addition, “discharge standby B” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status is switched from “discharge monitoring B” to “discharge standby B”). Next, at the timing of 3 in the figure, the big prize opening period ends when 940 ms elapses after the last closing in the sorting game execution round ends. Next, at the timing 4 in the figure, the discharge waiting time (3000 ms in this example) ends, the driving of the shielding member 2224a is forcibly terminated, the valid period of the specific area 2224 ends, and the special game ends. Will be. As described above, in the fourth embodiment, in the distribution game execution round (in this example, the fourth R), the execution time of the round may be different (“4A”) even when the opening / closing mode of the big prize opening 2120 is different. In the case of a big hit relating to “40 + 140 + 800 + 2060 = 3040 ms”, and in the case of a big hit relating to “5A”, “40 + 3000 + 28000 + 140 + 800 + 2060 = 34040 ms”).

  Next, FIG. 98 is an action diagram related to the special game (particularly, a timing chart relating to the opening of the special winning opening in the normal round) in the fourth embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the 14th round (ordinary round) to the end of the 16th round (ordinary round, the final round in the special game) during the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described. The description of the same part of the action of FIG. 95 as that of FIG. 95 will be omitted.

  First, at the timings 1 to 7 in the figure, the same action as the second round described in detail in FIG. 95 (the normal round in which the presence or absence of abnormal discharge ball is not determined) It is executed in 15 rounds (the timing 7 in the figure is the same as at the start of the third round). Next, at the timing of 8 in the figure, the release of 28000 ms is completed in the same way as the 14th and 15th rounds, and the discharge waiting time (in the 16th round, in order to determine whether or not there is an abnormal discharge ball, The standby time is 3000 ms). Also, “discharge standby A” is set as the discharge status (the discharge status is switched from “discharge monitoring A” to “discharge standby A”). In the fourth embodiment, the “emission monitoring A” as the discharge status is a winning game in the 16th round which is the final round of the special game from the start timing of the fifth round which is the next round of the sorting game execution round. It is set until the closing timing of 2120, and by configuring in this way, the big winning opening from the start timing of the next round of the sorting game execution round to the timing of starting the discharge waiting time in the final round of the special game The winning balls and the discharging balls to 2120 can be collectively monitored (measured), and the time between rounds when the special game is executed can be shortened.

  Next, at the timing of 9 in the figure, when the 940 ms has passed since the closing timing of the special winning opening 2120, the special winning opening valid period ends. Next, at the timing of 10 in the figure, the special game ends when 3000 ms, which is the discharge waiting time, has elapsed since the closing of the special winning opening 2120. As described above, in the final round in the special game, there is no round waiting time because there is no next round. Further, in the fourth embodiment, as in the case of “3B” described above, in the case of a big hit related to a long open symbol in which the number of execution rounds is “4R”, “4R” that is a distributed game execution round is Since it is the final round, there is no waiting time for rounds, and compared to the jackpots related to long open symbols where the number of execution rounds such as “7A” is other than “4R” In the example, the opening mode of the 4R) big winning opening 2120 is different (the closing time of the last big winning opening 2120 in the round is different, and the round execution time of the sorting game execution round is also different). .

  With the configuration as described above, in the gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment, the opening / closing pattern of the shielding member and the specific area effective period are made different by rounds in a special game executed at one big prize opening. Thus, it is possible to execute both the sorting game execution round and the normal round with one big winning opening, and the round for determining whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred (also called the discharge ball abnormality determination round) is allocated. It is executed only in the round immediately before the game execution round, the distribution game execution round, and the final round, and the discharge ball abnormality determination timing of the next discharge ball abnormality determination round after the end of the discharge ball abnormality determination (or at the start of the special game) By configuring the system to measure the winning balls and the discharged balls together, only the rounds that have a large impact on the progress of the game A game machine that can have a limited number of rounds, and can shorten the time between rounds other than the discharge ball abnormality determination round, shorten the execution time of special games, and execute special games with higher tempo. It can be.

  In addition, in 4th Embodiment, although it comprised so that the number of balls entered and the number of discharge | emissions to the big winning opening 2120 could be measured only in a special game, it is not limited to this, Even when it is not in a special game You may comprise so that the number of balls entered into the big winning opening 2120 and the number of discharge | emissions can be measured. Similarly, the determination of whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred may be performed when the special game is not being performed. As an example of such a configuration, for example, when “4th R” is a distributed game execution round, and before normal game execution (special game is not executed) and during special game The number of balls entered and discharged from “1R-3R” are collectively measured, and the presence / absence of a ball discharge abnormality related to the number of balls entered and discharged is determined at “3rd R”. In the “4R”, the number of balls entered and discharged is counted, and the presence / absence of an abnormal discharge ball related to the number of balls entered and discharged is determined in “4R”. The number of incoming balls and the number of discharged balls in the “5th to 16th R (final round)” are collectively measured, and the determination of whether there is a discharge ball abnormality related to the number of incoming balls and the number of discharged balls is “16th R (final round)”. May be configured to be executed.

(Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment)
In the fourth embodiment, a distribution game execution round related to whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area and a normal round in which the game ball does not enter the specific area are executed using only one big winning opening. The special game execution time is shortened by minimizing the discharge ball abnormality determination round, but such a configuration is not limited to this, and the fourth embodiment It is good also as a different structure. Therefore, an example of such a configuration is referred to as a first modification from the fourth embodiment, and only the changes from the fourth embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 99 is a flowchart of the round execution initial process according to the subroutine of Step 1950 (fourth) in FIG. 92 in Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment. The changes from the fourth embodiment are step 1976-11 (fourth variation 1) and step 1976-12 (fourth variation 1), that is, after setting the specific region effective period in step 1976-10, In step 1976-11 (fourth variation 1), the special game execution control unit 1173 refers to the special game related information temporary storage unit 1194b, and determines whether or not the currently executed round is a distributed game execution round. . In the case of Yes in Step 1976-11 (Fourth Variation 1), in Step 1976-9, the special game execution control means 1173, as in the fourth embodiment, sets the first winning prize in the round as the big winning opening effective period. A period from the mouth opening timing to 940 ms after the final grand prize opening closing timing is set. On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1976-11 (fourth variation 1), in step 1976-12 (fourth variation 1), the special game execution control means 1173 is a period that is always valid as the big prize opening valid period (for example, , The execution time of the round) is set, and the process proceeds to Step 1970. As described above, in the first modification from the fourth embodiment, in the case where it is not the discharge ball abnormality determination round, the entry of the game ball into the special winning opening 2120 is always valid.

  Next, FIG. 100 is an operation diagram related to special games (particularly, a timing chart related to opening of a big winning opening in a normal round) in Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment. In this example, the operation from the start of the second round (ordinary round) to the start of the fourth round (distribution round) during the special game related to the jackpot symbol “7A” will be described. In this figure, since it is similar to the action of FIG. 95 in the fourth embodiment, only the changes from FIG. 95 will be described in detail.

  First, in FIG. 100, since the only change from FIG. 95 is the prize winning period effective period, only the action of the prize winning period effective period will be described in detail. That is, at the timing of 1 in FIG. In the figure, the prize winning period is valid, and thereafter, the prize winning period is valid at the timings 3 to 4 in the figure. At the timing 6 in the figure, the prize winning period is the same as in FIG. Becomes ineffective, and thereafter the same operation as in FIG. 95 is performed. As described above, in the first modification from the fourth embodiment, in rounds other than the discharge ball abnormality determination round (the round immediately before the sorting game execution round, the sorting game execution round, and the final round), between rounds ( Even during the round standby), the prize winning period is still valid.

  By changing as described above, in the gaming machine according to Modification 1 from the fourth embodiment, in the special game executed at one big winning opening, the opening / closing pattern of the shielding member and the specific area effective period By making the difference between rounds, it is possible to execute both the sorting game execution round and the normal round with a single big prize opening, and the round for judging whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred (also called the discharge ball abnormality determination round). Is executed only in the round immediately before the distribution game execution round, the distribution game execution round, and the final round, and after the determination of the discharge ball abnormality (or at the start of the special game), the next discharge ball abnormality determination round It is configured to collect and measure the winning balls and the discharged balls until the discharge ball abnormality determination timing, and always keep the big prize opening between rounds other than the discharge ball abnormality determination round By making it effective, it is as if the first round of special games until the round immediately before the distribution game execution round, or the next round of the distribution game execution round to the special game last round is one round It can be shown to the player, and it can be noticed by whether or not a game ball enters a specific area in the distributed game execution round, and the tempo of the special game can be felt more lightly. .

  In the first modification from the fourth embodiment, even during the round waiting time, it is configured to be the grand prize winning period. However, even in such a configuration, the game is provided by providing the round waiting time. An external terminal signal to be output to the outside of the machine can be output for each round (the output is turned off at the start timing of the round standby time and the output is turned on at the end timing of the round standby time).

  In addition, in the modified example 1 from the fourth embodiment and the fourth embodiment, the action when the discharge ball abnormality occurs is not illustrated, but as illustrated in the present embodiment to the third embodiment, The next round may not be started until the discharge ball abnormality is resolved, and the round waiting time may be shorter than when the discharge ball abnormality does not occur, and the specific area effective period is (1) It may be invalidated from the timing when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, (2) invalid from the drive end timing of the shielding member, or (3) invalid from the timing when the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. Further, the driving of the shielding member is finished (1) at the timing when the discharge ball abnormality is detected, (2) the driving is finished at the opening pattern end timing of the shielding member, and (3) the timing at which the discharge ball abnormality is resolved. It is also possible to end the driving. Further, regarding the error notification when the discharge ball abnormality occurs, (1) the error notification is executed when the discharge ball abnormality occurs, (2) a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) after the discharge ball abnormality occurs During this period, the error notification may be executed when the discharge ball abnormality is not resolved.

(Modification 2 from the fourth embodiment)
In the fourth embodiment, a distribution game execution round related to whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area and a normal round in which the game ball does not enter the specific area are executed using only one big winning opening. Although it is configured so that the execution time of the special game is shortened by minimizing the round for judging the presence or absence of the discharge ball abnormality, such a configuration is not limited to this. Even with a configuration different from that of the fourth embodiment, the execution time of the special game can be shortened. Therefore, an example of such a configuration is referred to as a second modification from the fourth embodiment, and only the changes from the fourth embodiment will be described in detail below.

  First, FIG. 101 is a flowchart of the special game control process according to the subroutine of Step 1600 (third) in Modification 2 from the fourth embodiment. The changes from the fourth embodiment are step 1649-8 (fourth variation 2) to step 1649-12 (fourth variation 2), and the purpose is to monitor the discharge ball abnormality every round during the execution of the special game. When the consistency between the winning ball and the discharging ball is confirmed, the next round can be started. That is, when the discharging ball abnormality flag is turned on in step 1602, step 1604 is performed. In step 1629-8 (fourth variation 2), the special game execution control means 1173 receives the winning number counter 1175d (when the discharge waiting flag is turned on or after the discharge waiting flag is turned on in step 1629. The number of game balls that enter the big prize opening is counted) and the discharge number counter 1174f {the number of game balls discharged from the big prize opening (for example, a discharge ball detection sensor or a specific area entrance sensor) The detected gaming ball number) by referring to the count}, determines whether the discharge speed and the winning number are coincident. In the case of Yes in step 1649-8 (fourth modification 2), in step 1649-9 (fourth modification 2), the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b, The discharged ball abnormality flag is turned off, and the process at the end of the round being executed in the processes after step 1632 is executed.

  On the other hand, in the case of No in step 1649-8 (fourth variation 2), in step 1649-10 (fourth variation 2), the special game execution control means 1173 refers to the discharge waiting timer 1174d, and the timer value is 0. It is determined whether or not. In the case of Yes in step 1649-10 (fourth modification 2), in step 1649-11 (fourth modification 2), the special game execution control means 1173 is in the flag area of the special game related information temporary storage means 1194b. Turn on the discharge ball abnormality flag. Next, in step 1649-12 (fourth change 2), the special game execution control means 1173 sends a discharge ball abnormality command (a command related to information indicating that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred) to the sub-main control unit side. Is set in the command transmission buffer 1301 for transmission to (submitted to the sub-main control unit 2320 side in the control command transmission process of step 3200), and the process proceeds to the next process (process of step 3000). Note that the process proceeds to the next process (the process of step 3000) also in the case of No in step 1649-10 (fourth modification 2).

  As described above, in the second modification from the fourth embodiment, it is monitored whether or not a discharge ball abnormality has occurred in each round during the execution of the special game, and a prize is awarded even if the discharge standby time has not elapsed. When the number and the number of discharge match, it is configured to be able to move to the next round. In addition, even if the number of winnings and the number of discharges do not match during the discharge standby time, it is not determined that the discharge ball is abnormal, and the discharge standby time ends (the discharge standby timer value becomes 0). Thus, when the number of winnings and the number of discharges do not match, it is determined that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred.

  By changing as described above, in the gaming machine according to the modified example 2 from the fourth embodiment, in the special game executed at one big winning opening, the opening / closing pattern of the shielding member and the specific area effective period By making the difference between rounds, it is possible to execute both the sorting game execution round and the normal round with a single big prize opening, and the round for judging whether or not the discharge ball abnormality has occurred (also called the discharge ball abnormality determination round). Is designated as all rounds during the execution of a special game, but if the consistency between the number of winnings and the number of discharges can be confirmed during the discharge waiting time, The time between rounds during the game execution can be shortened, and the execution time of the special game can be shortened as in the fourth embodiment.

  It should be noted that the winning prize opening in the configuration in which the distribution game execution round and the normal round (rounds other than the distribution game execution round) can be executed using one big winning opening described in detail in the third and subsequent embodiments. As an aspect, for example, when a game ball enters the grand prize opening, as a detection device through which the game ball passes, a first grand prize opening prize detection device and a second grand prize opening prize detection device are provided, When passing the first winning prize winning detection device, the counter value of the number-of-balls counter is incremented by 1 similarly to the winning prize winning detection device used in this example, and the first winning winning prize winning detection device. The counter value of the discharge number counter is incremented by 1 when it passes through a discharge port provided in the downstream or a specific area (whichever passes when a game ball is discharged from the big prize opening) On the other hand, the second grand prize winning prize detection device If it has passed, both the counter value of the number-of-balls counter and the counter value of the number-of-discharges counter are incremented by 1 (the game ball that has passed the second big prize opening winning detection device is replaced with another detection device). It may be configured to be discharged without passing through. With such a configuration, a predetermined number of game balls that will close the prize winning opening due to less clogging even when a large number of game balls enter the prize winning opening in a short time. Can be designed to be executed in a short time, and the execution time of the special game can be shortened. In the case of such a configuration, it is desirable that the game ball that has entered the grand prize opening is more likely to pass through the first big prize opening prize detection device than the second big prize opening prize detection device. In the fourth embodiment, it is possible to determine whether or not a discharge ball abnormality has occurred (whether or not the winning number and the discharging number match) using the winning number counter 1175d and the discharging number counter 1174f. Although it is configured, the present invention is not limited to this, and when the number of winnings is counted in the fourth embodiment using one counter (for example, a winning / dispensing counter), the winning / dispensing counter value is incremented by one. Then, when counting as the number of discharges in the fourth embodiment, the entrance / exit counter value is decremented by 1, and when the entrance / exit counter value is 0, there is no discharge ball abnormality ( If the winning / ejecting counter value is not 0 {or a value greater than 0 by a predetermined number (for example, 3) or a predetermined number (for example, 3) 3) The value is smaller than In this case, it is determined that a discharge ball abnormality has occurred (the number of winnings does not match the number of dischargings, or the difference between the number of winnings and the number of discharging is a predetermined number or more). Also good.

<Summary>
The following concepts can be extracted (listed) based on the configuration shown in the above embodiments. However, the concepts listed below are merely examples, and the concepts based on the further configurations shown in the above embodiments may be added to these concepts as well as the concepts combined and separated.

Pachinko machines related to this concept (1)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the grand prize opening 2120) can enter,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information display for controlling the identification information to be stopped and displayed after the identification information is variably displayed on the identification information display unit. Control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152);
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a winning with a higher probability than the predetermined probability, at the time of execution of a special game A lottery state in which a high probability lottery state is controlled after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered during execution of a unit game at a predetermined execution time Control means (for example, specific game control means 1180),
The total number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) and the total number of game balls discharged out of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) in one or a plurality of unit games. Based on the above, it is configured to execute an abnormality detection determination for determining whether or not an abnormality has been detected in a variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120),
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
When the abnormality detection determination is executed at the time of execution of the unit game that is the predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the special game, in the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) in the unit game that is the predetermined execution time Based on the total number of game balls that have entered the ball and the total number of game balls that have been discharged out of the variable prize opening, the abnormality detection determination is performed,
When the abnormality detection determination is executed at the time of execution of a unit game that is an execution time other than the predetermined execution time at the time of execution of a special game, a variable prize opening (for example, a big prize opening 2120) in a plurality of consecutive unit games The abnormality detection determination can be executed based on the total number of game balls that have entered the game ball and the total number of game balls that have been discharged to the outside of the variable winning port (for example, the big winning port 2120). It is a pachinko game machine characterized by.
In addition, the pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (1)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the grand prize opening 2120) can enter,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152). After the variable display, the identification information display control means (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information,
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a winning with a higher probability than the predetermined probability, at the time of execution of a special game A lottery state in which a high probability lottery state is controlled after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered during execution of a unit game at a predetermined execution time Control means (for example, specific game control means 1180),
The total number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) and the total number of game balls discharged out of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) in one or a plurality of unit games. Based on the above, it is configured to detect the occurrence of an abnormality in a variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120),
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
When the unit game to be executed next time is a unit game that becomes an execution time other than the predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the unit game that becomes an execution time other than the predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the special game Is configured to detect the occurrence of an abnormality when a unit game to be executed next time is a unit game having the predetermined execution time, while detecting the occurrence of the abnormality. It may be a gaming machine.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (2)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) can enter,
Vibration abnormality detecting means (for example, vibration sensor 500) capable of detecting the presence or absence of abnormality related to vibration applied to the gaming machine,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information display for controlling the identification information to be stopped and displayed after the identification information is variably displayed on the identification information display unit. Control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152);
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. With
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
A pachinko gaming machine configured to detect occurrence of an abnormality related to the vibration in a predetermined period during execution of a special game.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (3)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) can enter,
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) and capable of being displaced between the first position and the second position, and when displaced to the first position, the member is moved to the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224). When the game ball is unable to enter or difficult to enter compared to the second position and is displaced to the second position, the game ball can enter the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) or is compared with the first position. And a variable member (for example, a shielding member 2224a) configured to facilitate entry,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display unit 2131, the second main game symbol display unit 2231). After the variable display, the identification information display control means (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information,
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. With
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
When displacing a variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) located at the second position to the first position when ending a certain unit game, the certain member after the displacement to the first position is completed. A pachinko gaming machine characterized in that the next unit game of the unit game is started.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (4)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the grand prize opening 2120) can enter,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information display for controlling the identification information to be stopped and displayed after the identification information is variably displayed on the identification information display unit. Control means (for example, first main game symbol control means 1151, second main game symbol control means 1152);
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. With
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
When the identification information that triggers the execution of the special game is different, the opening / closing mode of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) at the time of execution of the unit game that is a predetermined execution time in the special game is different. It is a pachinko game machine characterized by obtaining.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (5)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) can enter,
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) and capable of being displaced between the first position and the second position, and when displaced to the first position, the member is moved to the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224). When the game ball is unable to enter or difficult to enter compared to the second position and is displaced to the second position, the game ball can enter the specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) or is compared with the first position. And a variable member (for example, a shielding member 2224a) configured to facilitate entry,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display unit 2131, the second main game symbol display unit 2231). After the variable display, the identification information display control means (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information,
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. With
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
At the time of execution of a unit game that is a predetermined execution time at the time of execution of the special game, the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) positioned at the first position in accordance with a predetermined displacement mode predetermined with time. Is displaced to the second position,
At the time of execution of the special game, the displacement mode of the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) in the first unit game which is a unit game other than the predetermined execution time, and the unit game other than the predetermined execution time are the first The pachinko gaming machine is characterized in that the unit game is configured so that the displacement mode of the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a) in the second unit game having different execution times can be different.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (6)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
Variable winning opening entrance ball detecting means (for example, large winning opening winning detection device 2121) for detecting the entrance of a game ball to a variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120);
A specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) can enter,
A specific area entrance detection means (for example, a specific area entrance detection device 2224-1) for detecting the entrance of a game ball into the specific area;
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) that is displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when it is displaced to the first position, a game ball cannot enter the specific area or A variable member configured to be difficult to enter compared to the second position and to allow a game ball to enter a specific area when it is displaced to the second position or to enter easily compared to the first position. (For example, a shielding member 2224a),
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display unit 2131, the second main game symbol display unit 2231). After the variable display, the identification information display control means (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information,
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. With
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
Even after the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is closed when the unit game is ended, the game ball is entered by the variable prize opening entry detecting means (for example, the big prize opening detection device 2121). A winning detection grace period that is a period for which detection is valid, and a specific area entry that is a period for which the detection of a game ball is detected by a specific area entrance detection means (for example, a specific area entrance detection device 2224-2). Sphere detection grace period, and,
The winning detection grace period is determined based on a predetermined opening / closing timing of the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120), and the specific area entering detection grace period is a predetermined displacement timing of the variable member (for example, the shielding member 2224a). It is a pachinko gaming machine characterized by being determined based on the above.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (7)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the grand prize opening 2120) can enter,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display unit 2131, the second main game symbol display unit 2231). After the variable display, the identification information display control means (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information,
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a winning with a higher probability than the predetermined probability, at the time of execution of a special game A lottery state in which a high probability lottery state is controlled after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered during execution of a unit game at a predetermined execution time Control means (for example, specific game control means 1180),
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
During the execution of a special game, there are a plurality of winning detection periods, which are periods during which the game ball entry detection is valid,
At least one of the plurality of winning detection periods is a pachinko gaming machine provided over a plurality of unit games that are executed times other than the predetermined execution times.

The pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (8)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) can enter,
A member attached to a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) that is displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when it is displaced to the first position, a game ball cannot enter the specific area or A variable member configured to be difficult to enter compared to the second position and to allow a game ball to enter a specific area when it is displaced to the second position or to enter easily compared to the first position. (For example, a shielding member 2224a),
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display unit 2131, the second main game symbol display unit 2231). After the variable display, the identification information display control means (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information,
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. With
The total number of game balls that have entered the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) and the total number of game balls discharged out of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) in one or a plurality of unit games. Based on the above, it is configured to execute an abnormality detection determination for determining whether or not an abnormality has been detected in a variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120),
The total number of game balls entered in the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) and the variable winning opening even after the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) is closed when the unit game is ended. A discharge waiting period is provided, which is a period during which the total number of game balls discharged to the outside (for example, the big winning opening 2120) can be measured,
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
The discharge waiting period is provided for all unit games in a special game,
When it is determined in the abnormality detection determination that an abnormality has not been detected, the next unit game is configured to be executed,
When it is determined in the abnormality detection determination that an abnormality has been detected, the next unit game is configured not to be executed until it is determined that the abnormality has not been detected,
The total number of game balls that have entered the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) and the total number of game balls that have been discharged out of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) during the discharge waiting period. When they match, it is configured to determine that no abnormality has been detected in the abnormality detection determination,
At the end of the discharge waiting period, the total number of game balls that have entered the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) and the total number of game balls that have been discharged out of the variable winning opening (for example, the large winning opening 2120) If it does not match, the pachinko gaming machine is configured to determine that an abnormality has been detected in the abnormality detection determination.
In addition, the pachinko gaming machine according to this aspect (8)
A start opening (for example, a first main game start opening 2210, a second main game start opening 2110) into which a game ball can enter;
An identification information display unit capable of displaying identification information (for example, a first main game symbol display unit 2131, a second main game symbol display unit 2231);
A variable winning opening (for example, a big winning opening 2120) that can take a closed state and an open state;
A specific area (for example, a specific area 2224) in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening (for example, the grand prize opening 2120) can enter,
Random number acquisition means (for example, first main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1121, first random number acquisition means 1121) based on the entrance to the start opening (for example, the first main game start opening 2210, the second main game start opening 2110) 2 main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1122),
On the basis of the random number, a determination unit for determining whether or not to win (for example, a lottery unit 1135),
Identification information display content determination means (for example, symbol content determination means 1140) for determining stop identification information of identification information based on the result of the determination of success / failure;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means (for example, the symbol content determination means 1140), the identification information is displayed by the identification information display unit (for example, the first main game symbol display unit 2131, the second main game symbol display unit 2231). After the variable display, the identification information display control means (for example, the first main game symbol control means 1151 and the second main game symbol control means 1152) for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information,
When the result of the determination of success / failure is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of balls are entered into the variable winning opening (for example, the big winning opening 2120) or a predetermined period has elapsed. Special game control means (for example, a special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) an advantageous state for the player until the opening / closing end condition is satisfied. Game control means 1170),
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means (for example, specific game control means 1180) for controlling the player to enter a high-probability lottery state after the execution of the special game when a specific area (for example, the specific area 2224) is entered. With
The number of the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is one,
A pachinko game characterized in that when a unit game is terminated, the time from when the variable prize opening (for example, the big prize opening 2120) is closed to the start of the next unit game can vary. Machine.

100 gaming board, 102 outer frame 104 front frame, 106 transparent plate 108 door, 110 upper ball tray 112 lower ball tray, 116 launching handle 114 speaker, 122 outer rail 124 inner rail, 120 game area 2210 first main game start port, 2110 Second main game start port 2410 Auxiliary game start port, 192 Center decoration 130 Game ball guide rail, 132 Distribution channel 134 Normal channel, 142 Out port 1000 Main controller, 1100 Game control unit 1110 Entrance determination unit, 1111 1st main game start entrance entrance judging means 1112 2nd main game start entrance entrance judging means 1113 Auxiliary game entrance entrance entrance judging means 1120 random number acquisition judgment execution means, 1121 1st main game random number acquisition judgment execution means 1122 Second main game random number acquisition determination execution means 1123 Auxiliary game random number acquisition determination execution means 1130 Toll control means, 1131 first main game symbol hold means 1131a first main game symbol hold information temporary storage means, 1132 second main game symbol hold means 1132a second main game symbol hold information temporary storage means, 1133 auxiliary game symbol hold means 1133a Auxiliary game symbol hold information temporary storage means, 1135 success / failure lottery means 1135a special game transition determination means, 1135b success / failure lottery table 1135b-1 first main game success / failure lottery table, 1135b-3 second main game success / failure lottery table 1140 Symbol content determination means, 1141 First main game content determination means 1141a First main game content determination lottery table, 1422 Second main game content determination means 1142a Second main game content determination lottery table, 1143 Auxiliary game content determination means 1143a Lottery table for determining auxiliary game contents, 1150 Display control means 1151 First main game symbol control means, 1151a First main game symbol fluctuation time management means 1151a-1 First main game symbol fluctuation management timer, 1152 Second main game symbol control means 1152a Second main game symbol fluctuation Time management means, 1152a-1 Second main game symbol fluctuation management timer 1154 Main game symbol hold release control means, 1153 Auxiliary game symbol control means 1153a Auxiliary game symbol fluctuation time management means, 1153a-1 Auxiliary game symbol fluctuation management timer DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1160 Electric accessory opening / closing control means, 1161 Condition determination means 1162 Release timer, 1170 Special game control means 1171 Condition determination means, 1172 Special game content determination means 1172a Special game content reference table, 1172b Opening / closing mode determination table 1173 Special game execution control means 1173a Number of rounds Unter 1173b End demonstration execution timer, 1174 Distribution large prize opening control means 1174a Distribution round timer, 1174b Distribution prize waiting timer 1174c Distribution round end timer, 1174d Discharge waiting timer 1174e Distribution prize counter, 1174f Discharge number counter 1174 -1 Shield member drive control means, 1174-1a Specific area prize waiting timer 1175 Normal big prize opening control means, 1175a Normal round timer 1175b Normal prize waiting timer, 1175c Normal round end timer 1175d Normal winning number counter, 1180 Specific game control means 1180 Specified game control means, 1181 Specified game end condition determination means 1181b Time-count counter, 1190 Game state temporary storage means 1191 First main game state temporary storage means, 1191a First flag one Storage unit 1191b First main game symbol information temporary storage unit, 1192 Second main game state temporary storage unit 1192a Second flag temporary storage unit, 1192b Second main game symbol information temporary storage unit 1193 Auxiliary game state temporary storage unit, 1193a Auxiliary Game related information temporary storage means 1193b Auxiliary game symbol information temporary storage means, 1194 Special game related information temporary storage means 1195 Specific game related information temporary storage means, 1197 Distribution game related information temporary storage means 1300 Information transmission control means, 1301 Command transmission Trust buffer 1400 Prize ball payout determination means 2210 First main game start port, 2211 First ball detection device 2130 First main game symbol display device, 2131 First main game symbol display unit 2132 First main game symbol hold display unit, 2110 2nd main game start port 2111 2nd main game start port Ball detection device, 2112 Electric combination 2230 Second main game symbol display device, 2231 Second main game symbol display unit 2232 Second main game symbol hold display unit, 2120 Normal big prize opening 2121 Normal winning detection device, 2122 Normal electric combination Object 2220 Sorting large prize opening, 2221 Sorting prize detection device 2222 Sorting motor combination, 2224, specific area 2224a shielding member, 2224-1 specific area entrance detection apparatus 2224-2 discharge ball detection apparatus, 2410 auxiliary game entry Ball opening 2411 Entrance detection device, 2420 Auxiliary game symbol display device 2421 Auxiliary game symbol display unit, 2422 Auxiliary game symbol hold display unit 2320 Production display control means (sub-main control board), 2321 Display information reception unit 2321a Main side information temporary Storage means, 2322 decoration symbol display control means 2322a, drawing display content determination means , 2322a-1 Drawing variation content determination lottery table 2322c Drawing display related information temporary storage means, 2322d Drawing variation time management timer 2323 Drawing hold information display control means, 2323a Drawing hold information temporary storage means 2324 Production general information Temporary storage means, 2400 information transmission / reception control means 2310 effect display means (sub-sub control board)
2450 Sub information transmission / reception control means, 2313 Image display control means 2311 Decoration symbol display area, 2312a First hold display section 2312b Second hold display section 3000 Prize ball payout control device

Claims (1)

A starting opening where game balls can enter,
An identification information display unit capable of displaying the identification information;
A variable winning opening that can be closed and open;
A specific area in which a game ball that has entered the variable prize opening can enter;
A member attached to a specific area and displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when displaced to the first position, a game ball cannot enter the specific area or is compared with the second position. It is difficult to enter, and when it is displaced to the second position, the game ball can enter the specific area, or a variable member configured to be easier to enter compared to the first position,
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number based on the entrance to the starting port,
Based on the random number, correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination;
Based on the determination result, identification information display content determination means for determining stop identification information of identification information;
Based on the determination by the identification information display content determination means, the identification information display control means for controlling to stop and display the stop identification information of the identification information after the identification information is variably displayed on the identification information display section,
When the result of the success / failure determination is winning, after the stop identification information of the identification information is stopped and displayed, until a predetermined number of balls entered into the variable prize opening or an opening / closing end condition for which a predetermined period elapses is satisfied, Special game control means capable of executing a special game for executing a unit game a plurality of times, which can make the variable winning opening advantageous to the player;
A low-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is won with a predetermined probability, and a high-probability lottery state in which the result of the success / failure determination is a win with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. Lottery state control means for controlling so that a high-probability lottery state can be obtained after completion of execution of the special game when a specific area has been entered,
The number of variable winning awards is one,
At the time of execution of a unit game, which is a predetermined execution time at the time of execution of a special game, the variable member located at the first position is displaced to the second position according to a predetermined displacement mode determined in advance over time. It is configured as
At the time of execution of the special game, the displacement mode of the variable member in the first unit game which is a unit game other than the predetermined execution time, and the unit game other than the predetermined execution time and the first unit game is executed A pachinko gaming machine characterized in that the displacement mode of the variable member in a different second unit game can be different.

Images